Versión multimedia Este PDF incluye accesos directos a audios y videos
Haz click cuando veas los siguientes iconos para acceder al video o audio correspondiente a la actividad*.
Video
A1-A2
Audio
(*) Para activar la r eproducción se te solicitarán las claves de acceso a la plataforma e-learning.
Module
2
THAT’S ENGLISH!
THAT’S ENGLISH! Autores Richard Stacey; Peter Maggs Asesor pedagógico Ramón Palencia Edición Karen Spiller; Marta Cabanillas Resino; Mariane Kato Amaral; Rubén Muñoz Muñoz; Estelle Foullon; Corrección y traducción Corrección Rhona Snelling; Tim Cater Departamento de corrección de SM Elena Bernardo Gil Ilustración Chema García; Mar Hernández; Ángel Sánchez Trigo; David Pintor Noguerol; Nogu erol; Alberto Martín Martínez Fotografía Javier Calbet, Sonsoles Prada, Sergio Cuesta, Juan Baraja, José Manuel Navia/Archivo SM; C. Y F. Martín; Olimpia Torres; José Vicente Resino; Montse Fontich; Rubén Prieto; Almudena Esteban; Kevin Peterson, Mel Curtis, Doug Menuez, Don Tremain, Ryan McVay, Michael Matisse, PHOTOLINK/PHOTODISC; Eric Audras/ PHOTOALTO; Alfred Stieglitz/SIPA – PRESS; Paul Johnson, Edward Todd, Nickyblade/iSTOCKPHOTO. COM; Eric Gevaert, Celso Pupo Rodrigues, Msavoia, Beata Wojciechowska, Galina Barskaya, Kostas Tsipos, Jasin Stitt, Anke Van Wyk/DREAMSTIME; IMAGE 100/
Diseño curricular y seguimiento técnico del proceso de elaboración de los materiales didácticos de Inglés a Distancia desde el CIDEAD realizado por: Nuria Cambronero Sicilia Rafael Fernández Alonso Cleo Merino de Diego Ángel Nieto Serrano Francisco Javier Sainz de Robles Elena Terán Terán Herranz
AGE FOTOSTOCK; LAIF/LATINSTOCK; CORBIS/CORDON PRESS; CONTACTO; FOTOTECA 9X12; FIRO FOTO; PRISMA; DIGITAL VISION; BANANASTOCK; FANCY; PHOVOIR; INGRAM; INGIMAGE; THINKSTOCK; BRAND X PICTURES; STOCKDISC; COMSTOCH; ABLESTOCK; 123RF; GETTY IMAGES; IMAGESOURCE; ALBUM; CARTESIA; STOCKBYTE; STOCKBYTE; Museo Imperial de la Guerra Grabación Tom, Dick and Debbie Debb ie Limited Edición gráfica Sergio Cuesta Caminero Diseño de cubierta cubi erta e interiores interiores Estudio SM Maquetación Irene Marcos Ruiz Diego García Tirado Grupo Kunzzo, S.L. Coordinación técnica y de diseño Mario Dequel Losa Coordinación editorial Karen Spiller; Jaime Marco Frontelo Dirección del proyect proyecto o Pilar García García
Este material se ha elaborado en papel reciclado (50% fibras recicladas postconsumo y proceso de blanqueado de su pasta totalmente to talmente libre de cloro TCF), siguiendo lo estipulado en la Orden PRE/116/2008, PRE/1 16/2008, de 21 de d e enero.
MINISTERIO DE EDUCACIÓN, CULTURA Y DEPORTE SECRETARÍA SECRET ARÍA DE EST ESTADO ADO DE EDUCACIÓN, FORMACIÓN PROFESIONAL Y UNIVERSIDADES Centro para la Innovación y Desarrollo de la Educación a Distancia (CIDEAD)
Director del CIDEAD: José Luis Gómez Sierra Edita: © SECRET SECRETARÍA ARÍA GENERAL TÉCNICA TÉCNICA Subdirección General de Publicaciones y Documentación Catálogo de publicaciones del Ministerio de Educación, Cultura y Deporte: http://www.educacion.es Catálogo general de publicaciones oficiales: www.060.es Fecha de edición: Junio 2013 NIPO: 030-12-161-6 ISBN: 978-84-369-5318-3 Depósito legal: M-20944-2012 Impreso en la UE - Printed in EU Imprime: Reyper, S.L.
THAT’S ENGLISH! Contents
4
Introduction
6
Unit 1
9
Friends
Unit 2 Eating out
19
Unit 3 Have you got a room?
29
Unit 4 Cities
39
Unit 5 The world around us
49
Unit 6
59
Shopping
Unit 7
69
Money
Unit 8
79
Who does what at home
Unit 9
89
Past events
Unit 10
99
Twentieth century revisited
Unit 11
109
Revision
Answer key
114
List of phonetic symbols
151
List of irregular verbs
152
3
Contents
FUNCTIONS
UNIT
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Friends
UNIT
Eating out
UNIT
Have you got a room?
UNIT
Cities
UNIT
Shopping
in- / un- / im- / dis- Why …? Because … Why don’t we ...? / What about + -ing? / Let’s (not ) …
Would you like to …? I’d like to … / I’d love to … Can I have …?
Have you got a room? Can I help you?
Can first next …
UNIT
Money
UNIT
Who does what at home
Prefer one ones these those How much …? Don’t forget to / Remember to
very, rather, much to Whose …?
have to, don’t have to Can you …?
be ago, yesterday, last week month
be
UNIT
Past events
UNIT
Twentieth century revisited
GRAMMAR
UNIT
The world around us
UNIT
4
Revision THAT’S ENGLISH!
PHONETICS
VOCABULARY
SOCIOLINGUISTICS
LEARNING STRATEGIES
/
/ u:/
:
i: e
wh
d
e : Yes No
ed
a i e
THAT’S ENGLISH!
5
Introduction Bienvenido al segundo libro del curso That’s English!
papel y lápiz a mano, pues puede haber palabras o
En
varias
explicaciones de los presentadores que te interese
sugerencias para seguir cómodamente y con éxito los
anotar. En cualquier caso, observarás que la segunda
módulos de That’s English! Los números de página que
vez que veas el programa entenderás mucho más que la
aparecen a continuación se refieren al orden dentro de
primera. Y si lo ves una tercera vez, aún mejor.
cada unidad.
Nada más terminar el programa, conviene que hagas
esta
introducción
queremos
ofrecerte
la sección After you watch . Con estas actividades, se
Primer programa de vídeo (1ª página)
intenta medir si has comprendido lo fundamental
Todos los materiales de cada unidad giran en torno
del programa. Si te resultara muy difícil realizar las
a un tema diferente. Antes de ver el programa
actividades de esta sección, deberías volver a ver el
correspondiente a una unidad, te ayudará consultar la
programa e intentar hacerlas de nuevo.
tabla de contenidos al principio del libro donde verás
En la sección Now you! se te pide que relaciones el tema
recogidas las funciones, estructuras, vocabulario, etc.,
del programa con tus propias vivencias y opiniones.
que la configuran.
También conviene que hagas esta actividad nada más
Después, echa un vistazo a la primera página de la sesión A. En ella podrás ver los Objetivos que se espera que hayas conseguido al finalizar el estudio de la unidad.
ver el programa, pues está muy relacionada con él y es una forma de repasarlo e interiorizarlo.
Reading (2ª y 6ª páginas)
Puedes volver a ellos en ese momento y comprobar si Así como la primera página se centra en el desarrollo de la
los has conseguido. Los encabezamientos Before you watch , While you watch y After you watch (antes, mientras y después de
ver el programa) te indican qué actividades debes hacer en cada momento.
comprensión auditiva, las páginas 2ª y 6ª de cada unidad están dedicadas al desarrollo de la capacidad lectora, fundamental, junto con aquélla, para el aprendizaje y dominio de una lengua. Bajo el encabezamiento Reading , se encuentra un texto que desarrolla diversos
Before you watch presenta el vocabulario y las
frases clave del programa. Debes, por tanto, leerlas atentamente y buscar en el diccionario cualquier palabra que desconozcas.
aspectos del tema de la unidad. Léelo dos veces con detenimiento y vuelve a él siempre que sea necesario para realizar las actividades relacionadas con él. La única diferencia entre las dos páginas es que en
While you watch contiene las preguntas que los
presentadores hacen al comienzo del programa; sirven para que te hagas una idea del contenido del episodio correspondiente de la serie Park Hotel y centres tu atención en sus aspectos esenciales. Los presentadores te darán las respuestas al final del mismo. Este apartado
la sexta, el texto suele ser más auténtico y menos graduado y, por lo tanto, puede resultar más difícil. Pero lo importante en la comprensión, tanto auditiva como lectora, no es la comprensión de todas y cada una de las palabras, sino de lo esencial del texto, ya sea hablado o escrito.
debes prepararlo cuidadosamente antes de ver el programa, pues te servirá para su mejor comprensión y aprovechamiento.
Language Study (3ª, 4ª y 7ª páginas) Estas páginas están dedicadas al desarrollo de los
Mientras ves el programa, intenta responder a las
siguientes aspectos:
preguntas hechas por los presentadores, pero recuerda que lo más importante es seguir el hilo general de la
Pronunciation
trama, y que no debes preocuparte si hay algunas
Los ejercicios de pronunciación se centran en los
palabras
Muy
diversos aspectos de la fonética: sonidos, acento,
probablemente las tendrás en cualquiera de los demás
ritmo y entonación, tratados desde el punto de vista
materiales de la unidad. Es conveniente que tengas
de las dificultades que presentan habitualmente para el
6
o
expresiones
que
desconoces.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
hablante español. Estos ejercicios son fundamentales
conoces a alguien que también esté estudiando inglés,
para mejorar tu pronunciación. Para hacerlos, deberás
sería muy útil que pudieras hacer estas actividades con
usar el CD de audio. Conviene que grabes tu propia voz
esta persona. Siempre tienes, por supuesto, la sesión
y la compares con el modelo del CD. Para conseguir una
de tutoría donde podrás realizar estas actividades con
pronunciación aceptable, necesitarás repetir muchas
tus compañeros de clase. Un consejo: no seas tímido.
veces, pero el esfuerzo merece la pena.
Lánzate a hablar. No te preocupes de los errores que
Listening
puedas cometer. No hay nada más que una forma de aprender a hablar y es ... hablando.
Estas actividades sirven no solo para desarrollar la importantísima destreza de comprender la palabra hablada, sino también para reforzar el vocabulario, las
Writing
estructuras y funciones estudiadas. Para ello, escucha
Para muchos de los ejercicios de expresión escrita
el CD de audio con atención: no escribas nada. Vuelve
de estas páginas no hay una solución correcta única.
a escuchar el CD e intenta completar los ejercicios
Esto no debe preocuparte. No es necesario que todo
cuantas veces sea necesario. Finalmente, escucha el CD
lo que escribas sea absolutamente correcto. Escribe
de nuevo, siguiendo el texto y comprueba que todas las
sin miedo, echa mano de tus fuentes de consulta:
respuestas son correctas.
diccionarios, gramáticas, amigos, Internet; de nuevo, no tengas miedo de cometer errores, y piensa que es
Grammar
a base de práctica como se aprende a escribir.
La gramática juega un papel importante, pero no esencial
Segundo programa de vídeo (5ª página)
en el aprendizaje de una lengua. El conocimiento de las reglas no lleva automáticamente a aplicarlas bien a la hora de hablar o escribir; por tanto, no debes obsesionarte con la gramática. Es más importante ser capaz de participar en una conversación, leer un libro o escribir un correo que saber todas las reglas de la lengua. Conviene buscar un equilibrio. El conocimiento de las reglas gramaticales te ayudará a entender ciertas estructuras complejas o simplemente distintas a las españolas; también te permitirá corregir
La sesión B del libro, que se corresponde con el segundo programa de vídeo, tiene por objeto ampliar la lengua presentada en la sesión anterior de forma menos controlada y más natural. El segundo programa está compuesto por diversos elementos que abordan el tema general introducido en la sesión anterior, desde muy distintos puntos de vista:
Documentary : donde podrás ver una especie de
documental sobre algún aspecto relacionado con el
tus propias producciones, probablemente a posteriori , y
tema de la unidad.
te dará una cierta sensación de confianza; pero recuerda que se pueden saber todas las reglas de una lengua y ser
Same Language, Different Lives : en esta sección
incapaz de expresarse en la misma, así como también
tendrás oportunidad de ver a varias personas de
es posible expresarse con toda fluidez y corrección sin
diferentes países de habla inglesa respondiendo a
conocer las reglas.
preguntas relacionadas con el tema de la unidad. De esta manera, además de oír diferentes formas de
Así pues, conviene que estudies los recuadros de
hablar inglés, podrás aprender cómo es la vida en
explicaciones gramaticales, que comprendas bien los
estos países y contrastarla con la tuya.
ejemplos y que hagas los ejercicios correspondientes.
Speaking
En la tercera parte hay mayor variedad. En ocasiones, verás un concurso o un anuncio o un juego; en otras
Hay dos clases de actividades de speaking : de producción
ocasiones, será un noticiario con noticias del pasado.
y de interacción. Las actividades de producción las
Sea cual sea el formato, esta parte intenta presentar en
puedes hacer solo. Sin embargo, para las actividades de
clave de humor situaciones relacionadas con el tema
interacción necesitas a alguien con quien interactuar. Si
de la unidad.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
7
Por último, en Traditional Britain, Modern Britain , podrás ver un cierto contraste entre el Reino Unido actual y el Reino Unido de hace unos años, todo siempre relacionado con el tema de la unidad.
Pues bien, antes de ver el segundo programa, es muy conveniente que leas todas las actividades que debes hacer antes y después, porque, entre las dos secciones de esta página, encontrarás toda la lengua básica del programa y, si las lees cuidadosamente, buscando en el diccionario las palabras desconocidas, te resultará mucho más motivador y fácil ver y comprender todos sus elementos.
Self Test (10ª página) Esta última página de cada unidad te da la oportunidad de que te autoevalúes y además pretende prepararte para el examen de fin de módulo. Cada página constará de una actividad de comprensión auditiva o lectora, así como de una actividad de expresión oral o escrita y de algún ejercicio sobre el uso de la lengua.
No debes realizar estos ejercicios hasta después de haber completado las otras tres partes de la unidad y después de haber visto los programas A y B de vídeo. Si te resultan muy difíciles, vuelve a hacer las partes Realiza las actividades de la sección Before you watch relevantes de la unidad, vuelve a ver los programas de antes de ver el programa de TV: muchas de ellas están televisión, repasa, si es necesario, toda la unidad y, encaminadas a familiarizarte con el lenguaje que se va a sobre todo, no te desesperes. usar y, en ocasiones, a predecirlo. Realiza las actividades de la sección After you watch En esta misma página, en la parte inferior, verás una después de ver el programa. Éstas tienen por misión sección, Learning tip, con algunas indicaciones sobre diferentes estrategias de aprendizaje que no deberías medir tu comprensión de los diversos elementos. Un consejo que deberías tener muy en cuenta: no echar en saco roto. Son muy importantes. te preocupes si no entiendes todas y cada una de las palabras que oigas o leas. Lo importante es entender lo esencial de cada uno de sus elementos.
Por último, un consejo muy importante para que puedas tener éxito con el curso That’s English! : asiste a las sesiones de tutoría con regularidad. Son fundamentales para el desarrollo de la expresión oral.
Consolidation (8ª y 9ª páginas) En esta parte del libro se repasan y amplían los contenidos de las dos primeras sesiones, A y B. Cada una de las actividades integra varias destrezas, bien sea la comprensión auditiva con la expresión escrita u oral, o la comprensión lectora con la expresión escrita u oral, etc. Algunas de estas actividades pueden ser más abiertas y menos controladas que las de las sesiones A y B. No debes preocuparte si no sabes si has resuelto bien la actividad o no. El mismo hecho de realizarla te ha servido para mucho. Como muchas otras cosas de la vida, una lengua se aprende practicándola y cometiendo errores. La corrección de los errores puede ser importante, pero mucho más importante es el uso y la práctica de la lengua con o sin errores. No obstante, la tutoría presencial puede ser un buen momento para preguntar tus dudas o practicar las actividades orales de esta sección con tus compañeros.
8
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT
1
Friends S O V I T E J B O
· Describir la personalidad de un amigo · Hacer propuestas para comprar un regalo de cumpleaños
A Why don’t we organise a party? BEFORE YOU WATCH 1
Relaciona cada correspondiente.
frase
AFTER YOU WATCH con
la
imagen
3
1 He enjoys hanging out with friends. 2 She doesn’t like making new friends. 3 She studies eight hours a day.
Elige los términos más adecuados para describir cada personalidad. a
4 She likes trekking in the mountains. 5 He often helps his friends. 6 He never says hello when I meet him in the
b
He´s kind / impatient .
He’s humorous / adventurous .
street. 7 She’s good at listening to other people’s problems. 8 We always laugh when we watch that programme.
c
d
They´re shy / sociable .
hardworking
kind
sensitive
adventurous
4
She´s friendly / rude .
Relaciona cada pregunta con la respuesta correcta. 1 Why don’t we go to the conference room? 2 Why don’t we take a
sociable
shy
humorous
break? 3 Why don’t we organise a party? 4 Why are you in the freezer? 5 Who is it from?
rude
WHILE YOU WATCH 2
Responde a las preguntas.
1 ....
2 ....
3 ....
a Because I’m looking for these. b No idea. c That’s an excellent idea. d Good idea. e Because it’s full of people.
4 ....
5 ....
NOW YOU! 5
1 Why is Flora carrying a cake?
THAT’S ENGLISH!
2 What does Clive get for his birthday?
Usa los siguientes términos para describir a tres amigos o familiares.
adventurous friendly hardworking honest intelligent kind loyal rude shy sociable Pablo is sociable.
9
Friends
READING 1
¿Dónde puedes hacer nuevos amigos?
at work 2
in a café
in a sports club
on the Internet
Haz una lectura rápida del texto y elige el mejor título.
How to meet friends
1
Roland
My family
A good friend
Gina
Hi, my name’s Roland. My best friend is a girl. Her name’s Tabitha and she’s great! She’s honest – she always says what she thinks and feels. She’s kind and generous – she buys me nice presents for my birthday. And she’s loyal – when she has a party, she always invites me.
My name’s Gina and this is my best friend, Debbie. We are both police officers and we work together. I think it’s important that friends talk about their problems. Debbie is very tolerant and patient. She understands other people and she always listens to me when I have a problem at work.
Jim
Kim
My name’s Jim. My best friend, Mick, is a really nice man. He’s humorous, adventurous and sociable. People like Mick because he has a good sense of humour. He loves sport ... any sport! We play tennis together. I like tennis but I don’t like doing a lot of sport – I’m lazy. Mick is never lazy and he’s always got lots of energy!
Hi, I’m Kim. What sort of personality has a good friend got? I’m shy and I haven’t got many friends. Some people think I’m unfriendly because I’m quiet and I don’t talk a lot. But my best friend, Li, is sociable and very friendly. When I go out with Li, I always meet lots of people.
together: juntos 3
Responde si las siguientes frases son verdaderas (3) o falsas ( 7) y corrige las falsas. 1 Tabitha is Roland’s wife. 7 Tabitha is Roland’s friend.
2 Tabitha organises a party for Roland’s birthday. 3 Gina and Debbie work in an office. 4 Debbie is good at listening. 5 Mick and Jim play football together. 6 Li hasn’t got many friends. 4
10
Responde a las preguntas. 1 Who does Tabitha invite to her parties? 2 What do Gina and Debbie talk about? 3 What does Mick love? 4 Why does Kim like going out with Li?
5
Vuelve a leer los textos de la actividad 2. Encuentra los adjetivos que encajan con cada definición. 1 a person who doesn’t like working › lazy 2 a person who enjoys being with other people 3 a person who listens to and understands other people 4 a person who accepts other people’s ideas or opinions 5 a person who is always your friend 6 a person who doesn’t make friends easily 7 a person who is kind and always helps
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT
1
LANGUAGE STUDY 8 1 2
El sonido / /, como en mother o teacher , es muy común en inglés. Este sonido solo se encuentra en sílabas átonas. Escucha las siguientes palabras en las que el sonido / / está subrayado. 1 patient
2 sociable 3 adventurous 4 humorous 2 3
Se puede describir a las personas usando adjetivos de personalidad, como kind, sensitive, honest o patient. Para hacer estos adjetivos negativos, añade los siguientes prefijos: un-, in-, im- y dis- .
Subraya el sonido / / en estas palabras. Después, escucha y comprueba que has subrayado lo correcto.
4
1
unkind insensitive impatient dishonest
Transforma en negativos los siguientes adjetivos. Usa los prefijos in-, un-, im- y dis-.
1 officer
5 dinner
1 loyal
4 adventurous
2 afternoon
6 computer
2 friendly
5 tolerant
3 cinema
7 American
3 honest
6 sociable
4 idea
8 generous 5
3
kind sensitive patient honest
Completa las frases con los adjetivos adecuados para describir la personalidad. adventurous
honest
humorous
lazy
sensitive
shy
2
Completa las frases usando los adjetivos positivos o negativos de la actividad 4. 1 My mother doesn’t like travelling. She’s very … . 2 When people say things that are not true, they are … .
3
3 I enjoy going out with friends. I’m very … . 4 The manager is very ... . She never has lunch or coffee with us. 5 A ... friend always helps you when you have a problem.
4
5
6 Sometimes we have got different opinions, but that’s OK because I’m very ... .
6 6
Escucha a una pareja describiendo a Kevin y Charlotte. Marca las casillas adecuadas.
4
1 I love trekking, I´m very …… . 2 Paul hasn´t got a lot of friends. He´s …… . 3 Sue never does any work. She´s …… . 4 Rachel always says what she thinks. She´s very …… . 5 Jenny tries to understand other people, She´s very …… . 6 Bill has a good sense of humour. He´s .….. .
THAT’S ENGLISH!
v sociable friendly lazy hardworking unkind intelligent adventurous
Kevin
Charlotte
11
Friends 7
En parejas pregunta y responde sobre algún amigo o miembro de tu familia. Razona tus respuestas.
9
Yes, she is. She´s got lots of friends.
Is your friend sociable?
Escribe preguntas y respuestas para preguntar y explicar el motivo de algo usando why y because . Escribe los verbos en el tiempo que corresponda.
No, he isn´t. He´s unfriendly. He never phones me.
Is your brother friendly?
Para preguntar por el motivo de algo, usamos why … ? Why do you like Paolo?
Para explicar el motivo de algo, usamos because … Because he’s friendly.
8
Fíjate en los diálogos y elige las respuestas adecuadas. 1
Why do you want to go home?
1 you / like / Dani? she / hardworking
Because it’s late / 9 o’clock .
Why do you like Dani? Because she’s hardworking. 2 Why
are you walking home?
2 Paul and Zoe / in the kitchen? they / make / tea
Because there aren’t any buses / people .
3 your manager / in New York? she / have / a business meeting 4 the receptionist / cry? the phone / never stop / ringing 5 you / want / go home / early today? it / my birthday
3
6 Simon / have got / a company car? he / play golf / with the company director / at weekends
Why are you calling a taxi? 10
Because I don’t like walking / buses .
4
Ahora, escribe una breve descripción de tu mejor amigo/a o de un familiar. Explica por qué te gusta esa persona. Para ello, usa adjetivos de personalidad y ayúdate con la lectura de la página 10.
Why are we still here?
My best friend’s name is … He / She’s a good friend because … We often … together. When I’m with … we always … Because the taxi driver is lazy / hardworking .
12
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT
She’s kind and generous
B
BEFORE YOU WATCH
AFTER YOU WATCH
Documentary
Documentary 1
1
4
Relaciona las frases con las imágenes.
1 a Happy Birthday! b That´s great. c Is that OK?
1 Here’s your birthday cake! 2 Do you like your birthday present? 3 Look at this card. 4 Let’s organise a birthday party. a
¿Qué le dicen a Max? Elige las respuestas correctas.
Mum 2 a You´re welcome. b Oh, no... Don’t say! c Good morning, Happy Birthday.
b
Charlotte c
3 a Yes, of course you can. b My little boy! 18! I just can’t believe it! c Oh no! I’m 18 – not 8!
d
Steve
Competition 2
Competition
Fíjate en estas fotos. ¿Cuál crees que es la personalidad de cada personaje? Relaciona los adjetivos con las fotos. Puedes usar más de un adjetivo.
5
Name
generous kind loyal unfriendly unsociable a
b
Completa la tabla acerca de Ray, Owen y Jack y comprueba si acertaste en las predicciones que hiciste en la actividad 2. Personality
(1) S ...
(2) k ... (3) g ...
(4) W ...
(5) l ...
c
Traditional Britain/Modern Britain 3
Country
(7) im ... (8) un ... (9) un ...
(6) E ...
Relaciona los regalos con las fotos. 1 a CD
4 flowers
2 an e-book
5 chocolates
3 a ticket for a concert
6 a tie
6
Traditional Britain/Modern Britain 7
a
b
c
d
e
f
Imagina que estás participando en el concurso. ¿Qué tres cualidades buscarías?
Responde a las preguntas.
1 What present do these friends decide to buy?
2 What present do they decide to buy?
NOW YOU! 1 ....
2 ....
THAT’S ENGLISH!
3 ....
4 ....
5 ....
6 ....
8
Imagina que hoy es el cumpleaños de tu mejor amigo/a. Haz una lista de regalos para él/ella.
13
Friends
READING 1
¿Cuáles de las siguientes palabras asocias con un cumpleaños? barbecue
2
cake
cards
party
5
2 How do you celebrate your birthday?
1
2
Matt: Let’s have a break. Sally: Good idea. This is a difficult project. Matt: What about going home early? Sally: Why do you want to go home early? Matt: Because it’s my birthday. birthday. Sally: Happy We can’t go home early, but let’s go and have a cup of coffee. Matt: That’s an excellent idea. Why don’t we go to a café? Sally: OK, but remember we’ve only got 30 minutes. Matt: OK, let’s go!
Harry This is a great party! What have you got for Jenny? she’s 30 Polly: Well, today, so I’ve got a bottle of perfume. Harry: Oh, lovely. She loves perfume. Polly: What have you got her? Harry: I’ve got her a DVD and two theatre tickets. Polly: That’s generous! Harry: Well, we’re good friends. Let’s go and say Happy Birthday. Polly: Good idea!
3
Vuelve a leer las conversaciones. Después, señala si las siguientes frases son verdaderas (3) o falsas ( 7). Corrige las falsas.
Liz: Rob: Liz: Rob: Liz:
Hi, Rob. Why are you unhappy? Because it’s my birthday. Why are you unhappy on your birthday? Because I’m 40 today. Oh, well, happy birthday, Rob! Why don’t we go for a drink? Rob: That’s an excellent idea. How about going to that new bar? Liz: The new bar on the High Street, next to the newsagent’s? Rob: Yes. Liz: Great! I can buy you a birthday present. Do you like chocolates? Rob: Oh yes, I like chocolates. Liz: Do you like going to the cinema? Rob: I love going to the cinema. Liz: OK, what about going for a drink, going to the cinema and eating chocolates? Rob: That’s an excellent idea. c
b
1 Matt wants to work now. 7 Matt wants to have a break. 2 It’s Matt’s birthday today. 3 Sally wants a cup of tea. 4 It’s Harry’s birthday party. 5 Harry and Jenny are good friends. 6 Rob is happy because it’s his birthday. 7 Rob is 40 years old. 8 Rob doesn’t like chocolates.
14
theatre
Lee las conversaciones y asócialas con las imágenes.
a
4
television
Responde a las preguntas. 1 When is your birthday?
3
presents
5
Responde a las preguntas. 1 Why does Matt want to go home early? Because it´s his birthday. 2 Where do Matt and Sally go for their break? 3 How old is Jenny? 4 What does Harry give Jenny for her birthday? 5 Where do Liz and Rob go for a drink? 6 Does Rob want to go to the cinema?
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT
1
LANGUAGE STUDY 1 6
En inglés se suelen acentuar las palabras que aportan nueva información a la frase. Escucha y fíjate en cuáles se acentúan.
Completa las conversaciones aceptando o rechazando las sugerencias.
4
a
1 She’s friendly. 2 It’s my birthday. 3They’re from America. 2 7
… . I love Chinese food!
Lee las frases y subraya la palabra que se acentúa en cada una de ellas. Después, escucha y comprueba.
to the theatre?
c
d
Para hacer sugerencias, usamos Why don’t we ...?, Let’s (not) … y What about + -ing …?
Completa el diálogo.
‘Why don’t we stop now?’ ‘Good idea.’ / ‘That’s an excellent idea.’
Para rechazar sugerencias, usamos No o Let’s not ... ‘Why don’t we go to the cinema?’ ‘No, I’m tired.’ / ‘Let’s not go to the cinema.’
THAT’S ENGLISH!
…, Paris is expensive.
Why don’t we have a coffee?
…. …. excellent … . I need a break.
……! What about buying a camera for your birthday?
f
Para aceptar sugerencias, usamos Good idea o That’s an excellent idea.
Let’s go to Paris for the weekend!
e
Why don’t we go out? Let’s sit there. Let’s not go to the pub today. What about going for a walk?
Samantha: Why don’t we cook pasta for the party? James: (1) …… about making fish pasta? Samantha: I don’t like fish. James: (2) …… cook chicken. Samantha: Let’s (3) …… cook chicken. I don’t eat meat. James: Why (4) …… we have a barbecue? Samantha: It’s cold today. James: What (5) …… ordering a pizza. Samantha: Not pizza for a party! James: OK. (6) …… go to a restaurant!
That’s ... ... …!
b What about going
1 It’s late. 2 They’re happy about it. 3 What’s on television tonight? 4 A: Do you like my car? B: Yes, I love it! 5 A: Is he the manager? B: He’s the one with glasses. 6 It’s on the table.
3
Why don’t we eat here?
Let’s go and have lunch!
…. …. have lunch. I need to check my emails first.
5
Con un compañero, representa las conversaciones de la actividad 4.
6
Escucha la conversación. Completa el diálogo.
8
7
Woman: Why don’t we (1) …… tonight? Man: OK. But let’s (2) …… go to the cinema. I don’t want to watch a film. Woman: What about (3) …… Sam? Man: Good (4) …… . I like Sam. He’s a friendly guy! Woman: (5) …… invite Brenda too, she’s single. Man:That’s an (6) …… idea! Sam and Brenda are both friendly people. Haz sugerencias a un compañero y acepta o rechaza las suyas. 1 buy a new car Let’s buy 2 go on holiday a new 3 visit our friend Erica car. 4 watch TV 5 (not) speak Spanish 6 play tennis this afternoon
That’s an excellent idea!
15
Friends
CONSOLIDATION 1
Lee el artículo y responde a las preguntas.
Andrew Mulligan (37) writes: People celebrate birthdays in the UK in different ways. It depends on how old you are. Young children often have birthday parties at home and invite their friends for ‘tea’. Birthday tea is usually special food: sandwiches, cakes, chips, sausages and crisps are all typical party food for children. Parents play games with the children and they usually give them lots of cards and presents. On their birthday, children sometimes take food to share with their class. A boy at my daughter’s school always orders pizza and his dad takes it to the classroom! Teenagers also have birthday parties – they sometimes go to the cinema or they go bowling. Sometimes they have a party at home. They invite their friends but they don’t usually want their parents to come! Important birthdays are your 18th, 21st and 30th birthday. After that, every ten years is a big event. When you are 100 years old, the Queen sends you a birthday card!
1 What do young children do on their birthdays? They often have birthday parties and invite their friends for tea. 2 What is ‘party food’? 3 What do parents do at a children’s birthday party? 4 How do children sometimes celebrate their birthdays at school? 5 What do teenagers sometimes do on their birthday? 6 Who don’t teenagers usually invite to their birthday parties? 7 In the UK, which birthdays are important? 8 What happens when you are 100?
2
¿Cómo celebras tu cumpleaños? Anótalo en la tabla siguiente y después escribe cuatro o cinco frases relacionadas. Who with my friends
Where a restaurant
Food seafood
Activity go dancing
Presents none
I usually celebrate my birthday with my friends. I invite them to go out for dinner. We usually go to a restaurant and eat seafood. After that we go dancing. My friends don’t give me any presents, but they usually give me cards.
16
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT 3
Escucha las conversaciones. Relaciona los regalos con las personas.
9
b
a
c
a camera
a plant e
d
a classical music CD
f
a bottle of perfume 1
a book
g
a DVD
a box of chocolates
2
3
Tim
Julie 4
1
4
Sue
Giles
Escucha otra vez y señala si las siguientes frases son verdaderas (3) o falsas ( 7).
7
Lee la invitación y responde a las preguntas.
1 Julie listens to classical music. 2 Tim’s birthday is 13th March.
It’s my birthday on Saturday 20th March. Why don’t you celebrate with me? Please come to a party at my house from 8.00 till late! No presents please.
3 Giles likes books and chocolates. 4 It’s Sue’s birthday party today. 5
¿Qué tipo de persona eres? En grupos, describid por turnos vuestra personalidad. I enjoy reading books. People say I´m intelligent. How about you?
6
I´m very sociable and I´ve got a lot of friends.
Elige un regalo para cada persona de tu grupo y explica por qué. Puedes utilizar las siguientes palabras. book
camera flowers
a CD
chocolates
perfume
theatre
It´s Miguel´s birthday. What about giving him a book?
Sandra
a DVD tickets
1 When is Sandra’s birthday? 2 Where is her birthday party? 3 What time does the party finish?
Why? 8
Lee la siguiente situación y escribe una invitación. Situation
Because he´s intelligent and he enjoys reading.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
It’s your best friend’s birthday. You have arranged a surprise party for him/her. Look at activity 7 and write the party invitation.
17
SELF TEST 1
UNIT
Completa el crucigrama con los adjetivos adecuados y encuentra la palabra oculta.
Con un compañero, completa los diálogos con sugerencias, aceptándolas o rechazándolas.
3
1 What are you doing on Saturday evening?
I
1
Nothing. Why?
1
...
2 3
2
. . . Yes, I am.
Are you free tomorrow evening?
4 5
...
. . .
6
3 It’s Pam’s birthday next week.
G 7
Let’s buy her a present.
...
8 9
Escribe preguntas y respuestas usando why y because . Escribe los verbos en el tiempo que corresponda.
4
2
1
1
3
No!
. . .
2
3
4
5
6
4
1 you / have / a cup of tea? 4 he / in the shop? I / be / thirsty 6
5
2 you / at home? I / watch / football 3 you / eat out?
7
8
it / be / Tim’s birthday 5
9
1 He’s not kind. He’s … . 2 We don’t like waiting. We’re … . 3 I don’t accept other people’s ideas easily. I’m very … . 4 I don’t like going to work. I’m … . 5 He isn’t loyal to his friends. He’s … . 6 You’ve got lots of friends because you’re very … . 7 People like you because you always say hello and you’re … . 8 She isn’t honest. She’s … . 9 I care about other people. I’m … . The hidden word is … . Es el cumpleaños de Mike. Pon las palabras en el orden correcto para hacer sugerencias para su cumpleaños. 1 a book / don’t / Why / for Mike? / we / buy 2 about / What / a chocolate cake? / making 3 surprise / have / a / party. / Let’s 4 invite / Let’s / Georgia. / not 5 to / about / What / a restaurant? / going 6 a / restaurant. / Let’s / go / to / Chinese / not 2
18
he / buy / a present 5 she / on the phone? she / talk / to Jack 6 he / climb out of the window?
he / have not got / his keys
Completa esta tarjeta de cumpleaños para Lisa, una amiga de John. birthday dear friend happy kind present (1) …… Lisa, (2) …… (3) ……! To a (4) …… and loyal (5) …… . I hope you like your (6) …… . John
6
Ahora, escribe una tarjeta de cumpleaños para un/a amigo/a.
Learning tip Cuando se conoce el significado de los prefijos, se puede deducir el significado de las palabras. Una buena manera de recordar vocabulario es relacionar palabras que se derivan de otra ya conocida, como en el ejemplo siguiente. Prefijo disiminun-
Adjetivo
Antónimo
honest loyal patient
dishonest disloyal impatient
tolerant sensitive friendly kind
intolerant insensitive unfriendly unkind
More practice: Vocabulary: Personality (page 26)
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT
2
Eating out S O V I T E J B O
· Invitar a alguien a comer fuera · Pedir comida y bebida en un restaurante
A Would you like to go out for lunch? BEFORE YOU WATCH 1
AFTER YOU WATCH
Relaciona los alimentos y bebidas con las imágenes. Después, añádelos al menú que figura abajo.
3
1 Would you like to go out for lunch? 2 Would you like to go to a Chinese restaurant? 3 Would you like to have dinner this evening? 4 Would you like to eat Indian food? Italian food? French food? Japanese food?
1 curry 2 fish and salad 3 vegetable soup 4 steak and chips 5 chocolate mousse 6 vanilla ice cream 7 roast beef and potatoes 8 mineral water a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
a I’d love to. b I’m sorry I can’t. c I’d like to eat here in the hotel. d I’d love to but I’m leaving. 4
DESSERTS Chocolate cake ...... ...... DRINKS ...... Red or white wine Tea or coffee
NOW YOU! 5
WHILE YOU WATCH 2
Responde a las preguntas.
1 What’s her name?
THAT’S ENGLISH!
2 What does she order for a starter?
Señala si las frases siguientes son verdaderas (3) o falsas ( 7). Corrige las falsas. 1 Jack goes to dinner with the receptionist. 2 Olivia orders some mineral water and a glass of white wine. Jack 3 Jack has chips with his steak. 4 For dessert there is ice cream or chocolate mousse. 5 Jack asks the waitress for the bill. 6 Olivia asks the waitress for another glass of wine.
MenU STARTERS Tomato salad ...... MAIN COURSES Vegetarian pasta ...... ...... ...... ......
Relaciona las invitaciones con sus respuestas.
Con un compañero, habla de los restaurantes a los que sueles ir en tu ciudad y lo que sueles comer en ellos. I really like Italian restaurants. I usually have the pasta of the day.
I like Chinese restaurants. Sojo´s is good. It´s in the centre and I always order spring rolls.
19
Eating out
READING 1
Fíjate en las imágenes. ¿Qué encontrarás en cada tipo de restaurante? Indícalo con las iniciales: food), I (Italian) o J (Japanese). a
2 10
b
c
d
f
e
g
FF (fast
h
Lee las conversaciones y relaciónalas con los restaurantes de las fotos a-c. a
b
c
3 Waiter: Are you ready to order?
2
1
Ben: Excuse me! Waitress: Hi. Are you enjoying your meal? Ben: Yes, thanks. I love your ravioli. Waitress: Good. What would you like for dessert? James: That’s all, thanks. Can we have the bill, please? Waitress: Sure. Here you are. James: Thanks. Wow, that’s a lot! Is service included? Waitress: No, it isn’t. Thank you. Have a good day. 3
Ruby: Mmm. I love fried chicken and fries. Chloe: Yes, it’s my favourite! And it’s cheap. Ruby: What about an ice cream now? Chloe: No, thanks. Ruby: OK, let’s go. Would you like to come shopping with me? Chloe: I’d love to, but I can’t. Ruby: Why not? Chloe: I haven’t got any money. Ruby: What about the tip? The service? Chloe: What service? No. Ruby: Oh, OK. Let’s go!
Señala si las frases siguientes son verdaderas ( 3) o falsas ( 7). Corrige las falsas. 1 Ben likes the food at the restaurant. 2 James wants to have a cup of coffee. 3 James thinks the meal costs a lot of money. 4 Chloe wants to have some dessert. 5 Chloe can’t go shopping with Ruby. 6 Carla wants to eat rice and fish. 7 Grace and Carla like the restaurant.
4
Busca en el texto las palabras que completan las oraciones y escríbelas. 1 Good evening. Are you ready to ......? 2 Is everything OK? Are you enjoying your ......? 3 The waiter is very good. I want to give him a ...... 4 Excuse me. I’d like to pay. Can I have the ...... , please? 5 Can I pay by card? Is ...... included?
20
5
Grace: Yes, I
think so. What is this? Waiter: It’s rice with fish. It’s very nice. Grace: OK, can I have that, please? Waiter: Of cour se. And for you , madam? Carla: I’d like the udon noodles, please. Waiter: Certainly. What would you like to drink? Carla: A bottle of mineral water, please. Waiter: Sure. Grace: Thanks. It’s really nice here, isn’t it? Carla:Yes. Is this your first time here? Grace: Yes, it is.
Imagina que eres el camarero del restaurante Ginelli’s y tu compañero es el cliente. Usad las conversaciones anteriores como modelo. Luego cambiad los papeles.
Ginelli’s Starters Tomato and mozzarella salad Warm bread with olives Mixed antipasto
Main courses Spaghetti Bolognese Lasagne Cannelloni Risotto Margherita pizza
Desserts Tiramisu Ice cream or sorbet Cheesecake
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT
2
LANGUAGE STUDY 8 1 11
Escucha y repite las palabras. Presta especial atención al sonido /g/.
Para hacer una invitación, decimos: Would you like to … ?
give golf garden guitar go good guest
2 12
Would you like to go to the cinema? Would you like to go out this evening ?
Para aceptar una invitación, decimos:
Para pronunciar el sonido / w/, pon los labios en forma de “o” y expulsa el aire antes de empezar a pronunciar la palabra. Procura no usar el sonido /g/. Escucha y repite. 1 /g/ › got 2 /g/ › good
Yes, I’d love to . Yes, I’d like to go for a drink .
Para rechazar una invitación, decimos:
/w/ › what /w/ › would
I’d love to, but I’m afraid I can’t . Sorry, I can’t . 7
3 13
Practica pronunciando las siguientes palabras usando /w/. Procura no usar el sonido /g/. Después, escucha y repite.
Ordena las palabras de cada frase. Después, relaciónalas con las imágenes a–e. 1 like / out / Would / a coffee / you / for / to come / ? 2 to go / like / to a Chinese restaurant / you / Would / ?
what where which why water wine white
3 love / to / this evening. / go out / Yes, / I’d 4 come. / can’t / Sorry, / I
4
Escucha y repite las preguntas.
14
1 Would you like a glass of water? 2 What would you like for dessert? 3 Where would you like to go for dinner? 4 Which wine would you like, red or white? 5 Who would you like to invite for dinner?
5 15
15
a
Escucha las conversaciones y señala aquellas en las que se acepta la invitación. Conversation Conversation Conversation Conversation Conversation
6
5 love / working. / go for / I’d / I’m / to / but / lunch,
b
1 2 3 4 5
c
Vuelve a escuchar las conversaciones. ¿Dónde quedan y a qué hora? Escribe el número de la conversación (1, 2, …) y la hora junto a la imagen que corresponda. a
d
b
….
….
e
c
….
THAT’S ENGLISH!
21
Eating out 8
Ordena las frases para formar conversaciones correctas.
11
Lee el siguiente correo electrónico. ¿Qué restaurantes aconseja Richard?
1 a b c d
Why not? I’d love to, but I can’t. Would you like to go out for lunch? Because I’m working.
a b c d
Sorry, I can’t. Would you like to go for a drink? Sorry, I’m working all day today. How about later?
From: Richard To: Peter Subject: Visit to Oxford
2
9
Dear Peter, Great to hear from you. I’d love to meet you for dinner next week, but I’m afraid I’m busy – I’ve got tickets for a concert in London. But there are lots of great restaurants here.
Invita a un compañero a hacer algo. Tu compañero lamenta no poder aceptar y se disculpa, utilizando alguna de las ideas del recuadro.
Our favourite restaurant is Ollie’s. They have typical English food and we usually order fish and chips when we go there. They also have very good roast beef and Yorkshire pudding with mixed vegetables. If you want exotic food, you can try Chang Mai, the new Thai restaurant in the High Street. The noodles and fried chicken are great there.
doing my homework helping my mother babysitting helping a friend
10
Hope to see you next time you’re in Oxford.
Trabaja con un compañero y seguid las instrucciones que aparecen a continuación.
Richard
1 12
A: Invite B out to lunch. B: Accept the invitation.
Un amigo quiere informarse sobre los restaurantes de tu ciudad. Escríbele un correo describiendo uno o dos restaurantes. Puedes utilizar el correo de la actividad 11 como modelo.
2 A: Invite B out for a drink. B: Refuse the invitation because
you haven’t got any money.
3
A: Invite B to a party at the weekend. B: Refuse the invitation because you are busy.
Dear Nacho, There are a lot of great restaurants here. My favourite is …
4
A: Invite B to dinner. B: Accept the invitation.
Would you like to go to the cinema tonight?
I´d love to. What´s on today?
22
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT
B
2
Are you ready to order?
BEFORE YOU WATCH
Documentary 1
Relaciona las dos mitades de estos nombres de alimentos o bebidas. Después, relaciónalos con las imágenes a–e. 1 black 2 French 3 cheese 4 fried 5 tomato
burger ketchup coffee fries chicken
a
c
2
Relaciona estas frases con las imágenes a–c. 1 Here are the menus. 2 There are three main course specials. 3 Are you ready to order?
b
e
d
b
a
c
AFTER YOU WATCH
Competition
Documentary 3
¿Qué dicen? Elige la respuesta correcta.
a I want a chicken sandwich. b Give me a chicken sandwich. Customer 1 c I’d like a chicken sandwich. a Can we just have five minutes? b Can I have a steak, please? c Can I have the bill, please?
Customer 2
Same language, different lives ¿Qué tipo de restaurantes encontramos habitualmente en cada país? Relaciona los restaurantes a–e con cada personaje.
a
¿Verdadero (3) o falso ( 7)? Corrige las frases falsas. 1 Kate is from Brighton. 2 Felix only thinks of two kinds of ice cream. 3 Kate thinks of more than six kinds of ice cream. 4 Kate wins birthday ice cream for the next five years. 5 Felix wins an ice cream.
6
Señala los tipos de helado en que piensa cada concursante. ¿Conoces tú otro tipo de helados?
a Do you like pastrami sandwiches? b What would you like? One pastrami sandwich. c What about a pastrami sandwich?
Frank
4
5
b
strawberry banana apple coffee vanilla mint sausage chocolate Felix Kate
Traditional Britain/Modern Britain 7
In the 1950s … 1 … there are a lot of / aren’t many restaurants. 2 … most people cook / don’t cook. 3 … people usually eat out / at home.
c
8
Fish and chips
Indian and Chinese restaurants
d
e
Japanese restaurants
Pub food
2
THAT’S ENGLISH!
3
Fast food restaurant
4
¿Qué tipos de restaurantes puedes encontrar hoy en día? Señala los restaurantes que se mencionan. a Japanese b Chinese c Italian d French
5
e Mexican f Spanish g Lebanese h Indian
i English j Turkish k Moroccan l Greek
NOW YOU! 9
1
Elige la respuesta adecuada para cada frase.
Haz una lista de los restaurantes que existen en la calle mayor de tu ciudad. ¿De qué países son?
23
Eating out
READING 1
Responde a estas preguntas. 1 What is your favourite food? 2 What are the typical dishes of your country? 3 What types of restaurants are popular in your country?
2 16
Lee el artículo de la revista y elige la respuesta correcta: UK para los platos habituales de Gran Bretaña, USA para los de Estados Unidos o BOTH para los de ambos países. a
UK / USA / BOTH
b
UK / USA / BOTH
c
d
UK / USA / BOTH
UK / USA / BOTH
e
UK / USA / BOTH
Eating out across the Atlantic Britain’s favourite food is pizza. Ninety percent (90%) of the population eat one pizza or more a week. A pizza is a good meal because it’s fast, you can watch TV and eat it, and you can share it with your friends. Pizza is also the number-one food in the USA. Americans buy 3 billion pizzas every year. In fact, many Americans think that pizza is American food. In Britain, there are 12,000 Indian restaurants. They sell Britain’s second favourite food – curry. In the USA, when Americans want to eat something spicy, they usually go to a Mexican restaurant. There are 25,000 Mexican restaurants in the USA. The British enjoy eating fish and chips, but Americans usually eat their chips, or their ‘French fries’, with burgers or chicken in fast food restaurants like McDonalds and KFC. American share: compartir families often eat together in diners, typical US-style billion: mil millones (1,000,000,00 0) restaurants. In Britain, a lot of people go to pubs to eat, spicy: picante where they can also have a glass of beer or wine.
3
Responde a las preguntas. 1 What is Britain’s favourite dish? 2 What spicy food is popular in Britain? 3 What spicy food is popular in the USA? 4 How do you say ‘chips’ in American English? 5 What is America’s favourite food? 6 Where can you eat and have a glass of beer in Britain?
24
4
Vuelve a leer el artículo y señala si las frases siguientes son verdaderas (3) o falsas ( 7). Corrige las falsas. 1 90% of British people eat a pizza every week. 2 Americans don’t like eating pizzas. 3 Mexican restaurants are popular in Britain. 4 Fish and chips are popular in the USA. 5 Americans buy three billion pizzas every year. 6 A diner is a typical British family restaurant.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT
2
LANGUAGE STUDY 1 17
Observa cómo la entonación cae al final de las siguientes oraciones.
4
1 I love fish and chips. 2 Where are you from?
Ahora observa cómo la entonación sube al final de estas oraciones.
18
(1) Menu
(2) ...... Bacon and brie salad Salmon mousse Tomato (3) ......
3 Can you speak English? 4 Would you like a glass of water? 2
Completa el menú con las siguientes palabras. service starters steak menu soup desserts main courses drinks fruit juice strawberry cake
›
Escucha e indica si la entonación sube ( ) o baja ( ) › al final de las siguientes oraciones.
£4.99 £5.99 £4.50
(4) ...... Saffron chicken (5) ...... Fish in white wine
1 I’d like a chicken sandwich. 2 Have you got any black coffee? 3 Are you free this evening? 4 What would you like today? 5 Fast food restaurants are very popular.
£11.99 £12.50 £13.50 (6) ......
Ice cream Chocolate mousse (7) ......
£3.99 £4.99 £3.50 (8) ......
3
Mineral water
Relaciona las imágenes con las palabras. ¿Qué sueles tomar para el desayuno? ¿Y para el almuerzo?
(9) ...... £3.50 Wine £4.00 Please note: A (10) ...... charge is not included
sausages bread eggs chicken a glass of orange juice bacon roast beef butter a cup of tea a glass of cola 5
a
b
19
6
c
d
e
f
g
Escucha la conversación y señala las cosas del menú que pide el cliente. ¿Quién dice estas frases, un camarero o un cliente? Indica W (waiter) o C (customer). 1 I’d like the fish, please. 2 Can we have a table for two, please? 3 And for dessert? 4 Would you like to sit next to the window? 5 Can I have the menu, please? 6 Are you ready to order? 7 What would you like with that? 8 Can I have the bill, please?
7
Completa las conversaciones. 1 A: Are you ... to order, Madam? B: ... I have the menu, please? 2 A: What ... you like with that? B: ... like a glass of white wine, please. 3 A: Would you ... to order a dessert? B: Yes. Can I ... some ice cream? 4 A: I´m ..., but this isn’t cooked B: Well, it is sushi, dear. I think he’d ... a steak, please.
h
8
THAT’S ENGLISH!
£1.99
Con un compañero, representa las conversaciones de la actividad 7.
25
Eating out
CONSOLIDATION 1
Lee el blog y señala las cosas que por lo general Luke no come o bebe.
Lukeblog.UK
Blog
I’m Luke, an Australian (from Melbourne) living and studying in Manchester, England. Every week I compare life here with my life in Australia.
This week it’s meal times. I live with a family. They usually eat at the same time and eat the same things. Breakfast in England is usually between seven and nine o’clock. We always have breakfast at half past seven. We eat cereal and toast with jam or marmalade. We never have a ‘typical’ English breakfast of bacon and eggs. A lot of English families have coffee with breakfast, but we only drink tea, tea, TEA! At home in Australia sometimes I don’t have breakfast, but at half-past eleven I have brunch (breakfast + lunch). Here I always have breakfast, and for lunch I have a sandwich – sometimes with ham, sometimes with cheese –and an apple at one o’clock. The big meal of the day is dinner. Dinner is in the evening, usually at seven o’clock. We usually eat meat or fish with potatoes and another vegetable. Sometimes we have rice or pasta, but it’s usually potatoes.
a
b
e
2
c
f
Vuelve a leer el blog y responde a las preguntas. 1 Where is Luke from? Australia 2 Where is Luke living? 3 What time does Luke usually have breakfast? 4 What does Luke usually have for breakfast? 5 What time does Luke usually have lunch? 6 What does Luke usually have for lunch? 7 What time does Luke usually have dinner? 8 What does Luke usually have for dinner?
26
d
g
3
Señala si las frases siguientes son verdaderas (3) o falsas ( 7). Corrige las falsas. 1 Luke usually has different things for breakfast. 2 Breakfast in Britain is usually between seven and nine o’clock in the morning. 3 Luke eats a typical British breakfast in the morning. 4 English people only drink tea. 5 ‘Brunch’ is a combination of breakfast and lunch. 6 Luke doesn’t usually have brunch in the UK.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT 4
2
Completa la tabla con tus horarios de comidas y lo que sueles comer y beber. Después, habla con tu compañero para conocer sus costumbres en cuanto a comidas. Meal
Time
Drink
Food
Breakfast Lunch Dinner
5
Describe por escrito los horarios de las comidas que haces en familia y el tipo de cosas que tomáis. Para ayudarte, usa el blog de Luke y la tabla de la actividad 4.
In my family we never eat breakfast together …
6
Escucha la conversación. Responde a las preguntas.
20
1 What is Amanda’s party for? 2 When is the party? 3 What does the woman want to do? 4 Do they want party food?
7 20
8
5 What starters do they want? 6 Does the man like chips? 7 What vegetarian main courses do they want? 8 What type of ice cream do they want?
Escucha de nuevo y comprueba qué ingredientes forman parte del menú. 1 roast chicken 2 crisps 3 bread and butter 4 soup 5 salad
6 pasta 7 steak 8 fish 9 fruit salad 10 roast beef
11 chips 12 strawberries 13 pizza 14 ice cream 15 sausages
16 rice 17 vegetables 18 fried chicken 19 sandwiches 20 potatoes
Averigua, en clase, quién cumple años p róximamente. Después, en grupos, organizad una fiesta y poneos de acuerdo sobre los siguientes aspectos. 1 Who is the party for? 2 When is the party? 3 What kind of party do you want to have?
4 How many people do you want to invite? 5 What food do you want to have? 6 Agree on a menu, with starters, main
courses and desserts.
Let’s have Mexican food and a Mariachi band.
9
How about a party with food and clothes from the 1980s?
Escribe un menú para la fiesta de tu grupo. Usa como modelo el menú de la página 25.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
27
SELF TEST 1
UNIT 3
Selecciona la respuesta correcta.
Elige la respuesta correcta. 1 Are you ready to order / have / drink ? 2 I usually eat / drink / like to tea at breakfast time. 3 When do you usually order / have / love your breakfast? 4 Can I have / order / take the bill, please? 5 She never drinks / eats / does meat. 6 Can we order / have / buy a table for two, please?
1 Would you like to go for a coffee? a Sorry, I can’t. b Sorry, I’m can’t. c Sorry, I don’t can. 2 What would you like for your birthday? a I like a new jacket. b Can I have a new jacket? c Would I like a new jacket? 4
3 Would you like to go out for dinner? a I want to. b I love to. c I’d love to.
2
21
Numera las imágenes en el orden en que se mencionan en la grabación.
4 What would you like to start with? a Can I to have the pasta, please? b I can have the pasta, please? c Can I have the pasta, please? 5
5 Would you like to go for a drink? a I sorry, but I’m busy. b I’m sorry, but I’m busy. c I’m sorry, but I busy.
2
21
a b c d e
Fíjate en esta lista de alimentos y bebidas. Completa la tabla. 6
orange juice coffee pasta sushi cheese burger chicken steak ice cream curry chocolate mousse roast beef soup salad wine Starters
Main courses
Desserts
Drinks
Vuelve a escuchar la grabación y pon las siguientes frases en el orden en que se mencionan.
OK, but not for long. Good idea. Maybe when you are older. Tomato or chicken? Mm. Can I share it with you?
Completa los correos electrónicos.
Hi Rob, I’m having a party next week. (1) ... you like to come? Love, Becky x Hi Becky, I’d (2) ... to. (3) ... would you like for your birthday? Love, Rob x Rob, (4) ... I have the latest Lady Gaga CD? Bx Becky, no problem! When’s the party? Rx Rob, It’s on the 24th. Bx Becky, Oh no, I’m (5) ..., but I’m away on the 24th. Rx
Learning tip Los menús en Gran Bretaña están con frecuencia en otros idiomas, o emplean términos relativos a comida poco usuales. Usa preguntas como ‘What’s in the dish?’ o ‘What’s it got in it?’ para informarte sobre algún plato particular. Si quieres preguntar por un ingrediente específico, puedes decir ‘Has it got (garlic) in it?’
28
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT
Have you got a room?
3
S O V I T E J B O
· Intercambiar información sobre un hotel · Reservar una habitación en un hotel
A Can I help you? 4
BEFORE YOU WATCH 1
Relaciona las cosas que se pueden enco ntrar en un hotel con las palabras del recuadro. double room bathroom luggage key gym reception towels lift a
b
...................
...................
e
f
...................
...................
c
................... g
...................
Guest 1
d
Guest 2
Guest 3
Guest 4
1 What does Guest 1 want to do in the garden? 2 Which floor does the porter take Guest 2’s bags to? 3 What room number key has Guest 3 got? 4 Where does Guest 3 go to wait? 5 Where does Guest 1 want to go? 6 What room number does Guest 4 want to stay in? Why?
................... h
...................
WHILE YOU WATCH 2
Responde a las siguientes preguntas sobre los huéspedes.
5
Fíjate en esta guía de servicios y señala los que existen en el hotel Park.
Responde a las preguntas. Park Hotel
1 What is her room number?
2 Is the sauna on the first floor?
AFTER YOU WATCH 3
Facilities Wi-Fi Restaurant Bar Swimming Pool Gym Sauna Gardens Shop
¿Qué dice la recepcionista sobre el hotel Park? Completa las frases. 1 All our double rooms have got a …, a toilet and … . 2 The room is … and clean. 3 Park Hotel is a ... English hotel.
NOW YOU! 6
Imagina que estás haciendo una reserva en un hotel. ¿Qué tipo de habitación y servicios deseas? Usa el siguiente vocabulario. a single room English breakfast a garden continental breakfast TV a gym a double Wi-Fi room a sauna a bar a bathroom
4 The room has got ... and a bathroom. 5 We’ve got a ... and we’ve also got a … and a sauna.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
I want a single room with Wi-Fi. I prefer English breakfast and I want to use a gym.
29
Have you got a room?
READING 1
Responde a las preguntas. 1 Do you often stay in hotels? 2 Do you usually book a single or a double room?
2
Bill está buscando un hotel. Lee lo que dice y después fíjate en los hoteles de las imágenes 1-3. ¿Cuál crees que es el hotel que más le conviene? I want a double room with a bathroom. I use Wi-Fi a lot. I want to walk to the city centre.
3 22
3 Do you ever use Wi-Fi in a hotel? 4 Do you sometimes eat in the hotel restaurant?
I like modern hotels but traditional hotels are OK. I sometimes use the gym. I often watch TV in my room.
I never eat in the hotel. I don’t like hotel gardens.
Lee esta guía y relaciona las descripciones de los hoteles con las imágenes 1-3. ¿Es correcta tu respuesta a la actividad 2? http://www.roombookers.com
1
2
3
4
Castle Hotel. Come and stay at the Castle Hotel. Our hotel is a traditional, historic, country hotel. We have got single and double rooms, all with bathrooms. We have got a four-star restaurant and we offer room service. There is a gym, sauna and swimming pool at the hotel. And you can take a walk in our beautiful gardens. All the rooms at the Castle Hotel are clean and quiet. So come to the Castle Hotel and have a relaxing stay. Bridge Hotel. ‘All hotels in central London are dangerous and dirty.’ FALSE! The Bridge Hotel is in central London but it is safe and clean. The hotel is a ten-minute walk from Oxford Street in London but it is in a safe, quiet area. We are a traditional hotel but our rooms are clean and modern. All our rooms have got TV and Wi-Fi. Our en-suite bathrooms have got baths and showers. We haven’t got a restaurant, but we offer a breakfast buffet in the hotel bar. The Bridge Hotel is convenient for sightseeing in London. Regent Street, Buckingham Palace and the Tower of London are all near and easy to get to. City Hotel. The City Hotel is in the centre of London. We have got 60 single rooms. All our rooms have got Wi-Fi but no TV. We are in a busy street with lots of restaurants and cafés. The local cafés offer excellent breakfasts. The City Hotel is on 8 floors. There is a lift to all floors from the hotel reception. Central London is noisy, like many capital cities, because of the busy traffic, but our rooms are quiet. The rooms have got a shower, but no bath. The City Hotel is very central, so come to us and see London for a reasonable price.
Señala si las siguientes frases son verdaderas (3) o falsas ( 7). Corrige las falsas. 1 The Castle Hotel is in the centre of London. 2 The Castle Hotel has got a good restaurant. 3 The Bridge Hotel is in Oxford. 4 There is Wi-Fi at the Bridge Hotel. 5 The rooms at the City Hotel have got TV and Wi-Fi. 6 There is a café at the City Hotel.
5
Responde a las preguntas. 1 Which hotel has got a swimming pool? 2 Where can you eat in the Castle Hotel? 3 What facilities have the rooms in the Bridge Hotel got? 4 Where can you go sightseeing from the Bridge Hotel? 5 What is near the City Hotel? 6 How many rooms has the City Hotel got?
30
6
Busca en el texto el contrario de estos adjetivos. 1 traditional modern 2 quiet
7
3 clean 4 dangerous
5 ugly
Completa los comentarios de los clientes del hotel con las palabras adecuadas. safe central ugly noisy modern dirty We hope that you have a great stay at our hotel. Please take a few moments to let us know what you think. 1 This room is dirty . Where’s the cleaner? 2 I want a quiet room. Room 39 is very… . 3 I don’t think the lift is … . It looks dangerous. 4 This hotel is very beautiful. The motel on the other side
of the road is rather … . 5 I don’t like this hotel. It’s very ... . I prefer traditional hotels. 6 This hotel is 5km from the city. I don’t want to stay here. I want a … hotel.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT
3
LANGUAGE STUDY 1 23
Escucha y repite las palabras. Presta atención al sonido de la vocal corta // y al sonido de la vocal larga /u:/.
/ / › good / u: / › food 2 24
book room
3
Completa la descripción del hotel Ritz usando el número ordinal de la cifra que aparece entre paréntesis.
full pool
Coloca las siguientes palabras en la columna que corresponda. Después, escucha y comprueba tus respuestas.
cook fool
look full
two soon
pull soup
//
boot put /u:/
The Ritz hotel is a beautiful hotel in the centre of London. It is also very, very big! Reception is on the (1) first floor. On the (8) … floor we have got a gym and sauna – you can work out and look at London! Our restaurant is on the (3) … floor and we have got a hairdressing salon on the (2) … floor. Finally, on the (9) … floor, we have got a roof garden.
Numbers Cardinal
Ordinal
1 2 3
one two three
1st 2nd 3rd
first second third
4
four
4th
fourth
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 30 31
five six seven eight nine ten eleven twelve thirteen fourteen fifteen sixteen seventeen eighteen nineteen twenty thirty thirty-one
5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 14th 15th 16th 17th 18th 19th 20th 30th 31th
fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth eleventh twelfth thirteenth fourteenth fifteenth sixteenth seventeenth eighteenth nineteenth twentieth thirtieth thirty-first
Her room is on the third floor. That’s his fourth bag. This is your fifth coffee.
Para decir la fecha, se usan los números ordinales: My birthday is the nineteenth of March. Our wedding anniversary is the twenty-sixth of June. New Year’s Eve is the thirty-first of December.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
4
Escribe con letra las siguientes fechas. Después escucha y repite.
25
2
1
25/12
3
06/01
01/05
The twenty-fifth of December 4
31/03
5
6
5
16/09
13/08
Haz estas preguntas a un compañero. 1 What date is your birthday? 2 What date is Christmas Day? 3 What date is Epiphany? 4 What date is Easter this year? 5 What date is Labour Day? 6 What date is the national day of Spain? 7 What is an important date for you?
Para pedir algo decimos: Can I … o I’d like … : Can I book a room, please? I’d like to make a reservation, please. Can I take your name, please? I’d like a single room.
Para responder afirmativamente a una petición decimos: Yes, of course. Here you are. Certainly.
31
Have you got a room? 6
Escucha a dos personas haciendo una reserva en un hotel. Completa la tabla.
26
27
Name
Number Dates of nights
Single/ double room
Price per night
Mr Bryant
10
Mrs May
27
5 Miranda can work on her laptop at the Excel Hotel. 6 Miranda likes the Excel Hotel because it has got a gym.
single room quiet room Wi-Fi code double room clean towels cancel my reservation b
c 11
d
e
8
Receptionist: OK. You have got a reservation. See you soon. Receptionist: How many nights? Receptionist: Good morning. This is the Excel Hotel, Amy speaking, can I help you? Receptionist: Of course. Would you like a single room or a double room? Receptionist: Can you repeat the dates, please? Receptionist: What dates, please?
Can I book a single room?
Observa las imágenes de los hoteles. ¿Qué servicios crees que ofrecen?
a
b
c 12 28
The Pine Lodge Hotel
Un huésped llama al hotel Excel para hacer una reserva. Fíjate en lo que dice la recepcionista y ordena sus intervenciones de 1 a 6.
f
Certainly, here you are.
I’d like some clean towels, please.
Escucha de nuevo e indica si las siguientes frases son verdaderas ( 3) o falsas ( 7). 1 The Pine Lodge Hotel has got a sauna. 2 You can have dinner at the Pine Lodge Hotel. 3 Miranda needs a hotel with a lift. 4 Miranda always eats in hotel restaurants.
Relaciona las palabras con las imágenes. En parejas, haced peticiones y responded afirmativamente.
a
Escucha la conversación y comprueba tus respuestas con la actividad 8. ¿Qué hotel elige Miranda?
Mrs May
Mr Bryant
7
9
The New Hotel The Excel Hotel
The Pine Lodge Hotel
The New Hotel
Ahora imagina que eres tú el cliente que habla con la recepcionista. Escucha sus preguntas y respóndelas.
The Excel Hotel
Wi-Fi Breakfast Restaurant
Receptionist: Good morning.This is the Excel Hotel, Amy speaking, can I help you? You: Yes, please. I want to book a room.
Gym Room service Garden Showers
13
Con un compañero, por turnos, practica la conversación de la actividad 12.
Lift
32
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT
3
B I like English breakfast BEFORE YOU WATCH
Documentary 1
Same language, different lives
¿Qué alimentos puedes encontrar en un desayuno inglés tradicional? Márcalos en la lista.
fruit juice egg wine toast
salad bacon tea beer
cereal sausage mushrooms marmalade
cake tomatoes coffee chips
4
Speaker 1
Speaker 2
Speaker 3
Speaker 4
Speaker 5
Speaker 6
a I like old-fashioned … hotels. b My favourite type of hotels are … ones with … . c I love … hotels – quite …, very nicely decorated hotels. d On a … or in the … is perfect for me. e A … hotel! f I like … hotels: 4- or 5-star.
Same language, different lives 2
Relaciona las frases con las personas que las dicen. Después, escucha de nuevo y completa las frases.
¿Dónde prefieres alojarte cuando estás de vacaciones?
News from the past 5
A luxury hotel
A small trendy hotel
A traditional country hotel
A modern city hotel
Elige las opciones correctas para completar la descripción del hotel Chelsea. The Chelsea Hotel is in London / New York . It’s on 33rd / 23rd Street – that’s between 7th Avenue / Street and 6th / 8th Avenue. Chelsea is the hotel / theatre district. The hotel has 10 / 12 floors and 240 / 250 rooms. In 1898 it is 5 / 15 dollars a night to stay here, and a full English / American breakfast is only 1 dollar / 3 dollars . Today there are / aren’t lots of hotels like this in New York, but it is very expensive / cheap to stay here.
Traditional Britain/Modern Britain 6
A hotel on the beach
1 Is Bournemouth on the north or the south coast? 2 How many nights does Ray book? 3 How many children has Ray got? 4 How much deposit does Ray pay? 5 Where is Ray’s grandson going on holiday? 6 After booking the flight and the car, what does Ray’s grandson book on the Internet?
A 5-star hotel
AFTER YOU WATCH
Documentary 3
Elige las respuestas correctas. 1 Which type of accommodation do Maureen and John have? a a hotel b a hostel c a bed and breakfast 2 What meals do John and Maureen serve? a breakfast b breakfast and dinner c breakfast, lunch and dinner 3 What do people like about staying in a place like John and Maureen’s? a the people b the food c the price 4 Where do John and Maureen’s guests come from? a Europe b America c all over the world
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Responde a las preguntas.
NOW YOU! 7
¿Dónde sueles alojarte en vacaciones? ¿Cómo haces la reserva? I always stay in a bed and breakfast. I usually book on the Internet. I prefer to stay in Spain. I book my holidays by phone.
33
Have you got a room?
READING 1
¿Qué actividades o atracciones se pueden encontrar en una localidad costera?
2
Ahora lee rápidamente este texto y fíjate en si menciona alguna de las ideas que aportaste en la actividad 1.
29
The Sea View Hotel Gym
ÿ
3
Reception
The Sea View Hotel is in the north of England, in the seaside town of Scarborough. The hotel has got 30 double rooms, all with en-suite bathrooms. We offer room service and a choice of continental or full English breakfast. The hotel has got a large car park so there’s never any problem parking! The Sea View Hotel has got a spa in the basement – you can relax and enjoy lots of our different spa treatments. Scarborough has got lots of things to do, with three beautiful beaches, lots of shops, a historic castle, two golf courses, several parks and miles of walks along the coastal paths. Come to the Sea View Hotel and be our guest!
Vuelve a leer el texto y responde a las siguientes preguntas sobre el hotel Sea View. 1 Where is the Sea View Hotel? 2 How many en-suite rooms has the Sea View Hotel got? 3 What sort of breakfast does the Sea View Hotel offer?
4
Observa el plano del hotel Sea View. Lee las siguientes conversaciones y di si las indicaciones que se dan son correctas (3) o incorrectas ( 7). 1
Receptionist: Good morning. Can I help you? Guest: Yes please. Have you got a gym? Receptionist: Yes. Go over there and take the stairs. Go upstairs and then turn right. The gym is in front of you.
4
Receptionist: Can I help you? Man: Yes. Have you got a hotel bar, please? Receptionist: Yes. Go over there and take the lift to the first floor. The bar is next to the restaurant.
2
Guest: Where’s the car park, please? Receptionist: Go over there and take the lift down to the basement. Go out of the lift and turn left. The car park is in front of you.
5
Guest: Where is room 12, please? Receptionist: Take the lift to the first floor. Turn right and go to the end of the corridor. Room 12 is opposite room 7.
3
Woman: Where’s the
6
Guest: Can you tell me where room 1 is, please? Receptionist: No problem. You can take the lift or the stairs to the first floor. Come out of the lift and turn left. Walk along the corridor. Room 1 is on your right. It’s opposite Room 12.
restaurant,
please? Receptionist: It’s over there. Go through the lobby, past the lift and the restaurant is on your left. 5
4 Where is the Spa in the hotel? 5 Name three things you can do in Scarborough.
Sigue las siguientes indicaciones. ¿Dónde estás?
1 From the main entrance, take the lift to the first floor. Turn right and walk to the end of the corridor. Look left. 2 From Reception, walk to the stairs. Go downstairs and then go left. 3 From the car park, walk to the lift. Take the lift to the ground floor. Get out of the lift and turn left and then it’s on the right. 4 From room 12, go downstairs and into the lobby. It´s opposite the main entrance.
34
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT
3
LANGUAGE STUDY 1 30
2 31
Escucha estas fechas y fíjate en la pronunciación débil de the y of . the first of March the third of May
the fifth of June the sixth of August
5 32
Escucha y repite. 1 the second of March 2 the tenth of April 3 the twelfth of May
4 the twenty-first of June 5 the thirtieth of August 6 the sixth of January
Pronombres de objeto me me / a mí you te / a ti; le / la / a usted le / lo / a él him le / la / a ella her le / la / lo / a él / a ella it nos / a nosotros us os / a vosotros; les / las / a ustedes you les / los / las / a ellos / a ellas them
6
Vuelve a escuchar y corrige las siguientes frases. 1 To get to Room 12, you go down the stairs and turn right. 2 Room 12 is the sixth room on the right. 3 From the reception, the restaurant is on the right. 4 To get to the gym, you go up the stairs and it’s on the left. 5 The sauna is up the stairs on the left. Observa el plano y completa las indicaciones.
Here are the drinks. The wine is for her and the beer is for him. The presents are for you . It’s your birthday!
Recuerda que en inglés no se distingue entre tú y usted , y sólo hay una forma para la segunda persona tanto del singular como del plural, y tanto para el sujeto como para el complemento u objeto. El significado exacto del pronombre you se deduce por el contexto. 3
Completa el diálogo con el pronombre de objeto que corresponda. Kim: This letter isn’t for (1) ... . We’re number 64 and the address says number 62. Postman: Are you sure it isn’t for (2) …? Kim: Yes. And my name isn’t Julie Walker. Julie: Hello! I think it’s for (3) … . I live at number 62. My name’s Julie Walker. Kim: Yes, it’s for (4) … . It’s got her name on (5) ... . Postman: OK, and I’ve got three more letters for Mr Jake Walker. Kim: Give (6) … to me. He’s my husband.They’re for (7) … .
4 32
1 You want to go to the gym? Can you see the stairs on the … ? Go ... and the gym is in front of you. 2 The restaurant? Yes, it’s here on the … . And the bar is over there, on the … . 3 To check in, please go to reception … . 4 To go to your room, please use the lift. The lift is on the right, ... to the reception.
Escucha a un huésped haciendo su reserva en un hotel. Elige la palabra correcta. 1 Mr Ross wants a single / double room. 2 Mr Ross wants a room for seven / four nights. 3 Mr Ross asks for a room on the third / first floor. 4 Mr Ross wants to use Wi-Fi / eat in his room.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
7
En parejas pedid y dad indicaciones para llegar a diferentes lugares del hotel de la actividad 6. Is there a lift? Can you tell me the way to the bar, please?
8
Yes, there is. Yes, it’s over there.
Fíjate en estos pares de frases. ¿Cuál de las dos es más educada? 1 What do you want? / Can I help you? 2 Can you tell me where the lift is? / Where’s the lift? 3 Where’s the gym? / Where’s the gym, please? 4 Would you like a single or a double room? / Do you want a single or a double room? 5 Can you repeat the dates, please? / Repeat the dates, please.
35
Have you got a room?
CONSOLIDATION 1
Lee rápidamente los correos electrónicos y encuentra la siguiente información. a When does Ms Reader want to arrive at the hotel? b What sort of room does the hotel offer Ms Reader?
2
Completa el correo electrónico de la señora Reader con las siguientes palabras.
nights
breakfast
rooms
gym
hotel
From: Joanna Reader
[email protected] To: Standard Hotel
[email protected]
Dear Sir / Madam, I’d like to ask about rooms at your (1) …… . I need three double rooms and a single room for four (2) …… from the 31st March to the 3rd April (inclusive). I want to have a meeting with my colleagues and we have got laptops. Have your (3) …… got Wi-Fi? Also, one of my colleagues likes to keep fit. Has your hotel got a (4) …… and what time does it open? Finally, we always start our meetings early. What time does your restaurant open for (5) …… ? I look forward to hearing from you. Joanna Reader
Dear Ms Reader, Thank you for your email. Here are the answers to your questions. We don’t have any single rooms between the 31st of March and the 3rd of April but we can give you four double rooms. All our rooms have Wi-Fi.The bar and our meeting rooms also have Wi-Fi. The hotel gym is open at 6 a.m. every day Monday to Saturday and at 7:30 a.m. on Sunday. It closes at 11 p.m. every day. We have also got a swimming pool and sauna. The restaurant is open at 7 a.m. for continental breakfast and English breakfast from 7:30 a.m. Regards, Luke Wright (Reception Manager)
3
Vuelve a leer el texto y responde a las siguientes preguntas. 1 How many rooms does Ms Reader need? 2 Is Ms Reader booking a holiday? 3 Where can hotel guests connect to the Internet? 4 Can guests use the gym before breakfast? 5 What type of breakfast do they serve at the hotel?
36
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT 4
3
Observa estos tres hoteles. ¿Cuál prefieres para ir de vacaciones? Explica los motivos de tu elección. I like the Palace Hotel because it is modern and it is in the centre of London … http://www.bookabed4london.com
1 Hotel Lux *****. This is a five-star luxury hotel. We are 50 km from London. We have got a swimming pool, gym, sauna, spa and golf course. Our chef cooks excellent food and you can eat any time in your room - just call room service. Price: £ £ £ £ £ Central location 7 3
3
3
3
3
3333
2 Palace Hotel. We are a budget hotel. Our rooms have all got 6 beds. We haven’t got TV in the rooms but we are in the centre of London so you can go and see the tourist attractions. The Palace Hotel is a very small, modern hotel. Price: £ Central location 3 3 3 7
7
7
7
(20 km)
7
3 Kingston Hotel ***. We are close to London. We have a restaurant and we have got a swimming pool, gym and golf course. Price: £ £ £ Central location 3 3 3 5
3
7
7
3
33
Lee el siguiente correo electrónico y responde a las preguntas.
From: Mr M Bowler To: Kingston Hotel, Belfast, NI. Dear Sir, I’d like to make a reservation for a double room from the 19th October to the 28th October (inclusive). Can I have a room with a bath and a shower? I can see from your website that all your rooms have got TV, but has the hotel got Wi-Fi in all the rooms? Also, I usually go to the gym before breakfast. At what times can the hotel guests use the gym? Finally, how much is the room for these dates? Yours faithfully, Mr M Bowler 1 How many nights does Mr Bowler want to spend at the hotel? 2 What does Mr Bowler want in his room? 3 Why does Mr Bowler want to know about the gym opening times? 6
El señor Bowler está descontento. Escucha la conversación que mantiene con su esposa y señala los problemas que menciona.
33
The hotel isn’t close to London. The gym is closed. The swimming pool is very busy. The TV doesn’t work. The hotel is very noisy. 7
There isn’t any public transport into London. The water in the swimming pool is very cold. The restaurant is expensive. The room hasn’t got a shower.
Lee la postal que envía el señor Bowler a un amigo y elige las o pciones correctas. Hi, James, Greetings from London! I’m staying in a hotel in central London / 25 kilometres from London. It’s cheap / expensive to get into London because there is / isn’t any public
transport. I take a taxi / the bus. It costs 15 / 50 pounds. It’s a 3-star hotel with 50 rooms, but the hotel isn’t quiet / busy . The swimming pool is quiet / busy but the water in the swimming pool is cold / hot. I have dinner / breakfast in the hotel every day.The food is OK / horrible.There isn’t a bath / shower
in my room, but it isn’t important because I always have a bath / shower. See you soon, Mike 8
Imagina que te alojas en un hotel. Escribe una postal a un amigo y descríbeselo.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
37
SELF TEST 1
2
Completa las frases usando el contrario de las palabras en negrita.
UNIT 5
Yes, all our rooms have got TV and Wi-Fi. I’d like a double room, please. Of course. When do you want to stay? OK. We have a double room with en-suite bathroom for £89 per night. e From 5th to the 8th of March, no problem. Would you like a single or a double room? f Good morning, Gate Hotel, how can I help you? g From the 5th March to the 8th March, please. h Excellent. And has the room got Wi-Fi? i Good morning, I’d like to make a reservation, please. David está hablando con el camarero de un restaurante. Sustituye las palabras entre paréntesis por un pronombre ( me , you , him, her , etc).
This is the Hallgarth Hotel. It’s small but it has got a big garden. To get to the bar from reception, you (1) turn left / turn right and then (2) go upstairs / go downstairs . Then go down the corridor and the bar is (3) on your right / on your left . To get to the gym from reception, take the lift to the (4) second floor / fourth floor . Come out of the lift and (5) turn left / turn right . The gym is in front of you and the pool is (6) on the left / on the right. 6 34
Lee el siguiente texto y responde a las preguntas. Feel like a city break? We have got 60 rooms on six floors in the centre of London. Our hotel is clean, modern and safe. The gym and sauna are in the basement and the hotel has got a roof garden on the sixth floor. The reception and restaurant are on the ground floor. We haven’t got a swimming pool but you don’t have time to swim. We are less than 500 metres from Oxford Street, the best shopping street in London. All our rooms are on the second, third and fourth floors. Each room has a double bed, TV and Wi-Fi and a bathroom with a shower and toilet. The hotel bar is on the fifth floor and it has got a fantastic view of the city. Email
[email protected] for more information.
1 How many rooms has the Chelsea Hotel got? 2 Where is the reception? 3 What facilities do the rooms have? 4 What’s on the fifth floor? 5 Which city is the Chelsea Hotel in?
38
Completa las frases con los números y fechas adecuados. Después, di las fechas en voz alta. 1 Mr Lily is booked from the … to the … . 2 Ms Cole is booked from the … to the … . 3 Mrs Camper is booked from the … to the … . 4 The Bones family are booked from the … to the … . 5 Computer IT Ltd are booked from the … to the … .
1The soup is for (Tony). 2The spaghetti is for (Julie and me). 3The pizza is for (Mike and Carlos). 4The chicken is for (Maria). 5 Where´s my food? Yes, the salad is for (David). 6 (To the waiter) This money is for (the waiter). 4
Lee el texto y elige las indicaciones correctas.
1 Is the hotel quiet? No, it’s noisy. 2 Is your bed and breakfast clean? No, … 3 Is the city dangerous? No, … 4 Are the bedrooms ugly? No, … 5 Is the restaurant modern? No, … Numera las frases del 1 al 9 en el orden correcto para completar el diálogo. a b c d
3
3
7
Escribe un breve párrafo describiendo un hotel. Incluye información sobre el número de habitaciones, ubicación y servicios que ofrece. The St Clements Hotel is in London. It has got 30 rooms. The restaurant is on the second floor.
Learning tip Antes de empezar una actividad de leer o de escuchar, resulta útil anticipar el tipo de información que puede aparecer. Usa la información visual, los gráficos y las fotos para tratar de anticipar el contenido. More practice: Vocabulary: Hotels and restaurants (page 28) Grammar: Can , Personal pronouns (page 64)
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT
4
Cities S O V I T E J B O
· Orientarse en la ciudad · Decidir cuál es el medio de transporte más conveniente
Turn right at the traffic lights
A
BEFORE YOU WATCH 1
Relaciona las siguientes palabras con la imagen correspondiente.
4
1 London Eye 3 National Gallery 5 Big Ben
ambulance art gallery bicycle bridge bus café cyclist river traffic lights underground station a
e
b
f
c
g
a
b
c
d
e
f
h
j
Según las indicaciones de la guía, ¿qué son los lugares señalados en el plano con una A y una B? Elige la respuesta adecuada.
bridge
WHILE YOU WATCH 2
2 Buckingham Palace 4 Westminster Abbey 6 Tate Modern a
d
5
i
Relaciona los lugares 1-6 con las fotos.
A: bus stop /
traffic lights
B
A café
Responde a estas preguntas.
B: bus stop / shop
1 Who likes travelling by underground?
2 What two questions does the cyclist ask Anna?
6
AFTER YOU WATCH 3
Señala las actividades que menciona la guía. bus tour of London go on a river taxi visit Tate Modern visit the National Gallery lunch at Harrods go shopping
art gallery / underground station art gallery / underground station
Señala si las siguientes frases son verdaderas (3) o falsas ( 7). Corrige las que sean falsas. 1 Some guests want to walk to Tate Modern. 2 Mr Murray doesn’t like public transport. 3 Anna meets Flora outside a café next to the Globe Theatre. 4 Mr Stoker helps the cyclist. 5 Flora calls an ambulance. 6 Anna takes the cyclist to hospital.
NOW YOU! 7
Elabora una lista de lugares interesantes de tu ciudad. Explica a cuáles llevarías a un amigo que visita tu ciudad. The museum is really nice.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
39
Cities
READING Relaciona las palabras con las imágenes. ¿Qué lugares se mencionan en el texto?
1
church
cinema
2
1
monument
3
mosque
restaurant
4
theatre
5
6
Lee las indicaciones que se dan en estas cuatro conversaciones y relaciónalas con las rutas A–D del mapa.
2 35
Lily: Excuse me. Is this the 1 Garrick Theatre? Man:The Garrick? No, this is the Odeon cinema. For the Garrick, go down Panton A Street and turn left. That’s 1 White Street. Then take the first street on the left. That’s C Orange Street. Go to the end of Orange Street and 2 turn left. That is the Charing Cross Road. The Garrick Theatre is on the right. Lily:That´s great. Thanks.
4 3 B
D
8 5
6
7
2 Jane: Sorry, we want to go to the National Gallery. Can you help us? Woman: Oh, yes. We are at the Prince of Wales Theatre now. Go outside and over the road to Oxendon Street. Go down Oxendon Street and turn left at the traffic lights. That’s Orange Street. Then take the first street on the right. Go down White Street and take the second street on the left, Pall Mall. Go straight ahead and the National Gallery is on the left. It’s a great art gallery.
3 Woman: Can I help you? Grace: Yes, please. We want to go to the Four Seasons restaurant in Gerrard Street. Security guard:The Four Seasons? I know. Look.You are here in Piccadilly Circus underground station.Take the first street on the right, that’s Shaftesbury Avenue. Go past two streets and then turn right. That’s White Street. Take the first street on the left and you are in Gerrard Street. The restaurant is on the right. Grace: Thank you so much.
Man: Nelson’s Column? It’s a really famous monument, of course. You can’t leave London before you 4 see it. Well, now we are in front of the Apollo Theatre, so go down Regent Street and turn left. Then go down Charles II Street and turn right. At the end of the street, turn left into Pall Mall. Go round the corner and Nelson’s Column is on the left. 3
Lee nuevamente las conversaciones y fíjate en los lugares 1–8 del mapa. Escribe el número que corresponde a cada lugar. a the Odeon 5 e the Four Seasons …
4
c the Prince of Wales … g the Apollo …
d the National Gallery … h Nelson’s Column …
Lee las conversaciones una vez más. ¿Qué tipo de sitios son los lugares anteriores? theatre
cinema
the Odeon 5
b the Garrick … f Piccadilly Circus …
restaurant
monument
art gallery
underground station
cinema
›
Imagina que eres un guía y prepara un itinerario para recorrer alguno de los sitios citados. Start at the National Gallery. It’s a famous art gallery. Then go down Pall Mall and take the first turning on the right …
40
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT
LANGUAGE STUDY 1 36
4
Para dar instrucciones, indicaciones o advertir de algo, se usa el imperativo. El imperativo se forma tomando el infinitivo del verbo, pero sin to ni sujeto.
Escucha y repite estas palabras. Señala la sílaba tónica.
Look for the bridge. Take the first turning on the left. Watch out for cyclists.
cathedral monument museum nightclub post office restaurant roundabout stadium station statue theatre café
Imperativos negativos 2 37
3 38
Escribe las palabras de la actividad 1 según el patrón de sílabas tónicas de las columnas que presentamos a continuación. Después, escucha y comprueba tus respuestas. 1
2
café
mo nument
3
can
excuse
get
cathe dral
tell
near
Escucha estas tres conversaciones y relaciónalas con el mapa correspondiente. a
b
Completa las conversaciones 1–3 con go , take o turn . 1 A: Is there a tourist office in the city centre? B: Yes. (1) … straight ahead, down this street. (2) … the third street on the right. It’s on the left. 2 A: Excuse me. We’re looking for the cathedral. B: OK. (3) … past the bank and (4) … the first street on your left. Then the cathedral is on your left. 3 A: How do I get to the railway station, please? B: It’s just around the corner. (5) … left at the traffic lights and it’s straight ahead.
1 Is there a post office … here, please? 2 We want to go to the museum. … you help us? 3 Can you … me the way to the football stadium? 4 … there a tourist office in the city centre? 5 … me. We’re looking for the cathedral. 6 How do I … to the railway station, please?
39
5
Escucha y completa estas frases con palabras del recuadro. is
4
Don’t worry . Don’t do that.
6
Relaciona las dos partes de las frases. ¿Cuáles son advertencias? a your umbrella. b on the road. c the steps. d move! e careful. f the bike to me.
1 Mind 2 Be 3 Don’t 4 Take 5 Give 6 Don’t go 1 c
2 ....
3 ....
4 ....
5 ....
6 ....
BANK
START
START
c
BANK
START
THAT’S ENGLISH!
41
Cities 7
Completa las indicaciones. Usa las palabras del recuadro.
up
on
turn
round
take
Can you help me, please ? Can you tell me the way to the hospital ?
past
1 Go … the post office and turn left. 2 At the traffic lights, go straight … . 3 Go to the end of the street and … right. 4 The station is just … the corner. 5 Go … this street and it’s on the left. 6 … the first street on the left. 8
Para pedir ayuda, decimos Can you + verbo?
10
1 I’m sorry, I don’t understand. you / repeat / can / that / ? 2 I’m a tourist. show / can / the way / you / me / ? 3 Hello, is that the ambulance? now / come / you / can / ? 4 I want to go to the station. you / help / can / me / ? 5 I think I’m late. tell / the / can / time / me / you / ?
Fíjate en las imágenes. Da órdenes con el imperativo de los verbos come o go y las palabras de recuadro.
over here
a
over there
inside
Ordena las preguntas. Después, relaciona cada pregunta con las imágenes a–e.
outside
a
b
c
b
d
e
…………………………... …………………………...
c
d
1 .... 11
…………………………... …………………………...
Cuando explicamos ordenadamente un acontecimiento o hacemos una descripción, usamos conectores: first, next, then, after that y finally. First , we can go on a bus tour of London . Then / After that / Next , let’s have lunch in Chinatown . Finally , what about shopping at Harrods?
9
3 ....
4 ....
5 ....
Con un compañero, describe cómo llegar desde tu casa o lugar de trabajo a la estación de tren más cercana o a la parada del autobús. Usa las expresiones que figuran a continuación y el texto de lectura de la página 40. Go straight ahead. Turn left / right. Take the first / second turning on the left / right. Go past the bank / traffic lights.
12
Una amiga viene a tu ciudad. Escribe un correo electrónico para indicarle cómo se llega a tu casa desde la estación de tren o la parada del autobús.
Completa el texto con conectores.
Here is the plan for today’s tour. (1) …, a visit to the cathedral. (2) …, a tour of the museum. (3) …, it’s coffee in the museum café. (4) …, we spend an hour shopping. And (5) …, we can enjoy lunch at the Ritz.
42
2 ....
Hi Elena, My house is near the train station. Go down Station Road …
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT
B
4
How do I get to the station?
BEFORE YOU WATCH
Documentary 1
Lee las siguientes frases. ¿Se corresponden con el lugar donde vives? 1 We have a population of more than 55,000.
2 There are immigrants from many different countries.
Traditional Britain/Modern Britain 2
Lee las siguientes frases y relaciona las palabras en negrita con las definiciones a–e. 1 Liverpool, the home town of the Beatles, is a famous seaport. 2 Big ships come to Liverpool docks and bring products from around the world. 3 People store products in a warehouse before they go into the shops. 4 The mouth of the river is a popular place for restaurants and cafés. 5 Some old industrial cities are now in decline and the young people want to leave.
a This building is very big and it has got a lot of space to put things. b A river meets the sea here. c A town next to the sea. Big ships come and go into this town. d People take products on and off big ships in this place. e A bad situation for business and jobs.
1 ....
2 ....
3 ....
4 ....
5 ....
AFTER YOU WATCH
Documentary 3
Elige la respuesta adecuada. 1 Richmond is 13 / 30 kilometres from central London. 2 Richmond is about 500 / 5,000 years old. 3 Richmond is popular with tourists in the spring / summer. 4 From Richmond Park, you can see views of the River Thames / Queen Elizabeth I . 5 One big problem in Richmond is the number of tourists / cars .
Same language, different lives 4
Relaciona a estas personas con sus lugares favoritos. 1 the beach 2 the mountains 3 the park 4 the countryside
Suzanne Shannon
Gill
Cassandra Owen
Traditional Britain/Modern Britain 6
1 Liverpool is a great 18th century seaport. 2 In 1980 there were shops in many of the warehouses in Liverpool. 3 The Maritime Museum tells the story of the Beatles. 4 Some old buildings are now modern apartments and cafés. 5 Liverpool was European City of Culture in 2009.
Sophie
News from the past 5
Completa las frases con las cifras del recuadro. 150
11
287
25,000
54
1 There are … underground (or ‘tube’) lines in London. 2 There are … underground (or ‘tube’) stations in London. 3 One line is … kilometres long! 4 The Underground is over … years old. 5 ‘News flash! … people are taking the tube today for the first time ever!’
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Lee las siguientes frases sobre Liverpool y señala sin son verdaderas ( 3) o falsas ( 7). Corrige las falsas.
NOW YOU! 7
Describe tu pueblo o tu ciudad mencionando los siguientes datos: place
43
Cities
READING 1
Relaciona estos medios de transporte con las imágenes. by tram a
2 40
by ferry
by car
b
c
by bus d
by train
by plane
e
f
by helicopter g
on foot h
by bike i
Lee el siguiente correo electrónico sobre una visita a Hong Kong. ¿Qué medios de transporte sugiere Sam para ir a Happy Valley y a Disneyland?
Hi Ed, I hope you, Katy and the boys are well. We are fine. Here’s the information about Hong Kong. The hotel is in Kowloon. It’s a good shopping area. The park is two minutes from our hotel so the children can go there on foot. Victoria Harbour is in front of the hotel. It only takes five minutes by ferry to get to Hong Kong island and it costs less than half a euro. Taxis in Hong Kong are not expensive but to go to Happy Valley, it isn’t a good idea to take a taxi because there is a lot of traffic in the city centre. How about going by underground and then by tram? It’s cheap and the view from the tram is beautiful. For Disneyland, the bus is good – it’s cheap and clean, but it takes a long time. Why don’t we go by taxi? It isn’t expensive and it’s fast. And then let’s come back by ferry. We can have dinner when we get back. But let’s be careful because restaurants here are very expensive! We only have two days in Hong Kong, so, here’s my suggestion: Day 1: First, we go to the science museum. Next, we do some shopping. Then, in the afternoon, we visit Happy Valley (by underground and tram). After that, we have dinner in the city centre. Finally, we go back to the hotel to go to bed early. Day 2: We get up early and go by taxi (two taxis) to Disneyland. We stay all day.Then we go back by ferry, have dinner and put the boys to bed. Finally, we go to the bar. All the best Sam and family 3
Lee las siguientes frases y señala si son verdaderas ( 3) o falsas ( 7). Corrige las falsas.
5
1 A place where boats can come to land. harbour 2 A piece of land surrounded by water. 3 Something with a low price. 4 Something with a high price. 5 The area you can see in front of you when you are in a high place. 6 A place where you can go for a drink.
1 Ed and Katy have one son. 2 The park is near the hotel. 3 Taxis in Hong Kong are expensive. 4 There is a lot of traffic in the centre of Hong Kong. 5 Public transport in Hong Kong is cheap. 6 Food and drink in Hong Kong can be expensive. 4
Responde a estas preguntas. 1 What are two good things about the hotel? 2 Where do they want to go by underground and then tram? 3 Why does Sam like taking the tram? 4 How long are they in Hong Kong for? 5 Where do they plan to spend the second day? 6 Where do the parents want to go at the end of the second day?
44
Relaciona las palabras resaltadas en el texto con su definición correspondiente.
6
Explica qué medios de transporte usas para ir a distintos lugares de tu ciudad y por qué. I usually go to the centre by bus. It’s difficult to find a parking space so I prefer to go by bus.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT
4
LANGUAGE STUDY 1 41
Escucha y repite los sonidos. Rodea con un círculo el que suena diferente.
Cuando hablamos de medios de transporte, por lo general decimos by + el tipo de transporte (por ejemplo, bus ).
1 mosque clock Australia one watch what 2 walk Portugal your daughter work call 2 42
I go to work by bus. We usually travel by train.
Lee las siguientes frases. ¿Corresponden las sílabas señaladas a los sonidos / / or /:/? Después, escucha y repite.
Pero cuando hablamos de caminar, decimos on foot, not by foot o by walk . Let’s not take the car. Why don’t we go on foot?
1 Can you come to the office? 2 It’s ten f orty in the morning. 3 Sorry? Can you repeat that? 4 Can I have a glass of water? 5 I prefer beach holidays. 6 Let’s go the sports centre. 7 I’d like a coffee please. 8 Our room is on the third floor. 3 43
43
when you go by car, you drive when you go by bicycle (= by bike), you cycle when you go by plane, you fly when you go on foot, you walk when you go by bus, you take / get a / the bus when you go by train, you take / get a / the train ‘Do you drive to work?’ ‘Yes, I go to work by car, but I usually cycle to the shops in the town centre.’ ‘I prefer to take a / the bus into town when I go shopping.’
Lee esta lista de sitios de la ciudad de Nueva York. Después, esc ucha cuatro conversac iones donde se piden indicaciones para llegar a algunos de ellos. ¿Dónde quieren ir? Numera los destinos del 1 al 4. Museum of Modern Science … Hilton Hotel … Grand Central Station … Statue of Liberty… Madison Square … Plaza Hotel … Museum of Modern Art … Central Park … Times Square … Empire State Building …
4
El verbo cambia dependiendo del medio de transporte:
5
Completa las frases rellenando cada espacio con una palabra relacionada con medios de transporte. 1 A: Do you go to work by car? B: No, I can’t … .
Escucha de nuevo y marca las rutas en el plano, desde los puntos de partida (puntos negros) hasta los destinos de la actividad 3. ¿Qué medios de transporte emplean?
2 A: Do you want to walk into town? B: Yes. Come on, let’s go … … . 3 A: How often do you fly? B: Never. I’m frightened of travelling … … . 4 A: Do they cycle? B: Oh, yes. They go everywhere … … . 5 A: Do you drive to work? B: No, I prefer to … the bus. 6 A: Do you go to work by bus? B: No, I … . It doesn’t cost anything and it’s healthy. 6
THAT’S ENGLISH!
En grupos, preguntad a los demás miembros cómo llegan hasta la escuela de idiomas.
45
Cities
CONSOLIDATION 1 44
Lee los textos que describen las jornadas de trabajo de Jan y de Tom. Las distintas partes se han mezclado. ¿Qué partes pertenecen a la jornada de Jan y cuáles a la de Tom? Escribe la letra correspondiente a cada fragmento en orden. Después, escucha y comprueba. Jan: ... , ... , ... , ... , ...
Tom: ... , ... , ... , ... , ...
1
2
My name is Jan. I live in the countryside. I’m a chef and I work in a hotel. The hotel is near my house, so it’s easy to get to work.
My name is Tom. I live in the city. I work in a bank near the centre of town. Lots of people go to work at that time, so it’s always busy.
a First, I leave my apartment at 8:15 am and walk down the street to the underground station. b There aren’t any buses where I live, so I always go to work by car. c Sometimes I take the bus to the underground station. Then I take the underground to the city centre.
d I leave my house at 8:20 a.m., get in my car and drive to the end of the road.
e My office isn’t near the underground, so after that, I take a bus.
f Then I turn right and drive for ten minutes.
g There aren’t any traffic lights. I don’t turn left or right and I don’t see any traffic.
h There is a lot of traffic in the mornings.
i I get off the bus at 8:55 a.m. and get to my office just before nine o’clock.
j I’m in the kitchen and working at 8:30.
2
46
Vuelve a leer los textos y señala si las siguientes frases son verdaderas ( 3) o falsas ( 7). Corrige las falsas. 1 Jan leaves her house before Tom. 2 Tom sometimes takes the bus. 3 Jan drives to work. 4 Jan often has a problem with traffic. 5 Tom’s office is near the underground. 6 Jan starts work before Tom.
3
Escribe Jan o Tom. 1 … works in a hotel. 2 ... gets to work at about 8:30. 3 ... starts work at 9 o’ clock. 4 ... can’t take a bus. 5 ... sees a lot of traffic in the morning.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT 4
4
Escucha a estas personas explicando cómo llegan al trabajo. Mientras escuchas, marca ( 3) los tipos de transporte que emplean.
45
bus
car
1 Jem
train
bicycle
tram
plane
foot
3
2 Kaya
3 Luisa
4 Max
5 45
Vuelve a escuchar. ¿Dónde viven? Relaciona los personajes con las fotos a–d. 1 Jem … 2 Kaya … 3 Luisa … 4 Max …
a
b
Cape Town 6
c
Hawaii
d
Sydney
San Francisco
Elige la respuesta adecuada. 1 Jem’s / Kaya’s office is near the station. 2 Kaya / Luisa lives in the city centre. 3 Jem / Luisa sometimes goes to work by bike and then takes the train. 4 Kaya / Max works in an office. 5 Max has his own ferry / plane .
7
8
En parejas, por turnos, explicad qué medios de transporte usáis para ir a la escuela o al trabajo, y formulad preguntas para averiguar dónde vive el otro. How do you get to work?
I always take the bus.
Do you live near the school?
Yes, I can come here on foot.
Recomienda los mejores medios de transporte para moverse en una visita turística a tu ciudad (o a cualquier otra ciudad española). Lee este texto de un blog y, después, escribe el tuyo.
Blog You can get to my city by train. To travel around the city, you can take a car, taxi or bus. My city is small and a lot of people ride bicycles because they are cheap and fast. You can hire a bike at the station and use it during your stay. When you hire it, you get a map of the city. If you don’t like riding a bicycle, you can visit the city on foot. You can walk around it in two hours.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
47
SELF TEST 1
2
UNIT
Subraya la palabra que no tiene relación con las otras. mosque 1 church bank 2 bus train cyclist 3 stadium cinema theatre 4 café nightclub restaurant 5 post office art gallery museum 6 river bridge underground station 7 roundabout traffic lights post office 8 statue stadium monument
6
46
Ordena las palabras para obtener frases. 1 station / is / the / here / near / ? 2 it’s / on / turn / left / and / left / the / . 3 help / can / you / us / ? 4 bus / is / where / the / stop / ? 5 down / straight / road / go / this / .
3
watch
mind
1 Mind the steps! 2 …… careful. 3 …… right.
Escucha y marca (3) las indicaciones correctas a o b. a ... b ... 1 2 a ... b ...
3
go
don’t
turn
4 …… move. 5 …… out! 6 …… outside.
8
a ...
b ...
4
a ...
b ...
Fíjate en el mapa. Numera las siguientes indicaciones de 1 a 6. A
Completa las frases con over here u over there . B
1 Come … and look at this. 2 Go … and close the door. 3 Is my book on that table …? 4 Do you mean this book …? 5 Do you know those people …? 6 These are my friends. Come … and meet them. 5
a the corner. b left at the traffic lights. c straight down this street. d the traffic lights, turn left. e the first street on the left. 3 .... 4 .... 5 ....
Completa los imperativos con las palabras del recuadro. be
4
Relaciona las dos partes de estas indicaciones. 1 Turn 2 Go 3 It’s round 4 Take 5 At 1 .... 2 ....
7
4
Completa el texto sobre este itinerario eligiendo el nexo correcto. Utiliza un nexo diferente en cada caso. 1 First / Then , we go to the Museum of Modern Art. 2 After museum that / Finally , we go sightseeing. sightseeing 3 Next / First , we have lunch. lunch 4 After / Next that, we go to the theatre theatre. 5 Next / Finally , we have dinner dinner.
D C
E
ASH ROAD
9
Go down Ash Road and take the first street on the left. You are now in the Crofts. Go past the café and turn right. When you reach the bus station, get on a number 22 bus. 1 Leave the rail station and walk down the High Street. Go down Old Road and our house is number 43, on the left. Get off the bus at Ash Road bus stop and turn left into Ash Road.
Fíjate en los sitios del mapa. Escribe los sitios del recuadro junto a la letra correspondiente. our house bus station café Ash Road bus stop railway station A ……… B ……… C ……… D ……… E ………
Learning tip Antes de leer un texto, o de escuchar una grabación, estudia la información de la que ya dispones para anticipar lo que vas a leer o escuchar. Por ejemplo, un mapa puede contener muchísima información, como nombres de calles y plazas, o símbolos. Mira el mapa antes de empezar a escuchar o leer, y familiarízate con la información. More practice: Vocabulary: Cities (page 30) Grammar: Imperative, Prepositions of place and movement (page 66)
48
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT
The world around us
5
S O V I T E J B O
What a lovely day!
A
BEFORE YOU WATCH 1 47
AFTER YOU WATCH
Relaciona los símbolos con las frases. Luego, escucha y comprueba. a
b
sun
c
cloud
e
It’s cloudy. It’s foggy. It’s rainy. / It’s wet.
4
rain
wind
receptionist
g
ice
snow
It’s sunny. / It’s dry. It’s snowy. It’s icy. It’s windy.
5
It’s warm.
It’s cold.
It’s very cold.
a e
c
b d
a Europe ... b Africa … c Asia … d Australia … e America …
WHILE YOU WATCH Responde a las preguntas.
NOW YOU! 6
¿Qué tiempo te gusta y cuál no? Elígelo en la lista que figura a continuación. cold hot sunny
1 Where does Anna’s mum live?
farmer
Unos amigos de Katie, la cliente del hotel, están viajando por el mundo y le envían un mensaje sms. Ve el video de nuevo y numera los continentes en el orden en que los visitan.
1 It’s 30 degrees centigrade. 2 It’s 6 degrees above zero. 3 It’s 4 degrees below zero. 4 It’s 22 degrees centigrade.
3
guest
1 ‘The sun’s shining now but it often rains.’ ……………….... 2 ‘This is England, the weather always changes.’ ……………….... 3 ‘Sometimes it snows in spring and it often rains in summer.’ ……………….... 4 ‘It’s not raining now but it often rains at this time of year.’ ……………….... 5 ‘North wind. That means cold weather.’ ……………….... 6 ‘The cows don’t like it when it’s hot.’ ………………....
Observa el termómetro. Relaciona las temperaturas con las descripciones.
It’s hot.
¿Quién dice qué? Escribe receptionist , guest o farmer junto a cada frase.
d
f
fog
2
· Hablar del tiempo · Entender un artículo sobre la vida en el campo
2 What animals are there on the farm?
rainy dry windy icy foggy wet cloudy snowy warm
I like sunny weather but I don’t like hot weather. When it’s snowy I go skiing.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
49
The world around us
READING 1
Fíjate en las casas de la actividad 2. ¿Son casas de países cálidos o fríos? ¿A qué país crees que corresponde cada casa? Brazil
2 48
China
Canada
Greece
Tunisia
Turkey
Lee los párrafos y señala si están describiendo la casa de Fran o la de Mustapha. Escribe corresponda.
Fran
My house
F o M según
Mustapha
1 It’s always hot here. The desert is hot all year round. It’s usually 30 or 40 degrees here.
M
2 My house is usually cool. It’s in the earth so it never gets very hot. I wear cool clothes and usually we only go outside in the morning and the evening. We sleep in the day. 3 I live in Canada and the weather changes a lot. In the summer, it’s really hot but in the winter, we often have two or three metres of snow. Sometimes, I can’t see the house! 4 It doesn’t often rain here in Tunisia. When it rains, it rains a lot! When it rains, there are a lot of flowers. Sometimes, it doesn’t rain for several months. Some years, it doesn’t rain at all. 5 I live near a lake. There’s a lot of rain here in the spring and the autumn and sometimes in the summer. It’s hot in the summer, but sometimes it’s wet and it’s often cloudy. 6 My house is a wood house. The walls are thick, so in the summer, my house is cool and in the winter, my house is warm. The weather here changes a lot. Sometimes, it’s 35 degrees in the summer, and then 20 or 30 degrees below zero in the winter. 7 During the day, it is very hot, but at night, it is often very cold here. 8 I work in the forest in the summer but in the winter I stay in my house a lot of the time. It is difficult to travel or work because of the snow and ice. I have got a telephone and the Internet so I can talk to friends. cool: fresco 9 My family all live near my village, so I see them most days. My father’s house thick: grueso is very near my house. We all help each other. 3
Elige la respuesta correcta sobre el lugar donde viven Fran y Mustapha.
4
1 Mustapha sleeps during the evening / day because the weather in Tunisia is very hot. 2 Fran sometimes gets two or three metres of rain / snow in the winter. 3 In Canada, the summer is usually snowy / hot . 4 But it can also be wet and cloudy / rainy and icy . 5 In Tunisia, it is often cold / rainy at night. 6 But during the day it is usually very sunny / cloudy . 5
Lee el texto de nuevo y responde a las preguntas. 1 What is the temperature where Mustapha lives? 2 Why does Mustapha go outside in the evening? 3 When does it rain where Fran lives? 4 What is the temperature in winter where Fran lives? 5 How does Fran talk to her friends? 6 Who lives near Mustapha?
Completa las frases usando estos términos relacionados con el tiempo. below zero
cold
cool
hot
ice
rains
snow
warm
1 I live in the mountains. In the winter, there is a lot of … and… . 2 In the desert, it’s very … in the day but very … at night. 3 In winter, it’s very cold and the temperature is sometimes … . 4 Fran’s house is wood. It’s … in summer and … in winter. 5 It often … in the spring and the autumn.
50
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT
5
LANGUAGE STUDY 1 49
Escucha y repite los sonidos y las palabras. / i: / › sleep / / › wind / e / › wet
2 My first experience of a tropical storm. It’s very … and … .This is definitely not a good day for going out. I’m staying inside – it’s … in here.
Relaciona las vocales en rojo con el sonido correspondiente. Después, escucha y comprueba.
2 50
pen eat it fifteen cheap film America sit winter degrees west spring weather evening friend /i:/
3 Up here in the Alps, the temperature is below … . It’s very cold and … . But the … landscape is beautiful, and also it’s very quiet and peaceful.
/e/
//
eat 3 51
4 It´s …, … and very wet. I’m in a beautiful city, but I can’t see anything. Next time, I want to go to a place that’s always … , … and …. – the Sahara desert maybe!
Relaciona las palabras con la imagen correspondiente. Después, escucha, comprueba y repite. sun cold fog warm below zero rain wet snow ice hot cloud dry wind 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
35º
-5º
5
7º
53
Escucha la previsión meteorológica para diversos países y relaciónala con el país correspondiente.
a 8
9
10
11
12
b
N W
E S
c
d
e
Brazil
Ireland
France
13
20º Canada
Para describir el tiempo, usamos it + to be + adjetivo.
4 52
It’s sunny .
It’s rainy .
It’s windy .
It’s cloudy .
Usa las palabras de la actividad 3 para completar las descripciones de acuerdo con las imágenes. Después, escucha y comprueba.
Morocco
Se emplea el present continuous para describir lo que está ocurriendo en el momento en que se habla. Con frecuencia se usan expresiones de tiempo como now, at the moment o today. Today, the sun is shining . It’s raining now . Look! It’s snowing! At the moment, we’re studying English.
Recuerda que el present simple se usa para hablar de costumbres y de cosas rutinarias. 1 It’s warm and … here today – not a cloud in the sky. And if it gets very … , we can go to the pool.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
It usually rains in summer, but today the sun is shining. We usually study maths on Fridays, but today we’re studying French . I usually watch TV after dinner, but at the moment, I’m doing my homework.
51
The world around us 6 54
Completa los diálogos con el present simple o con el present continuous de los verbos entre paréntesis. Después, escucha y comprueba. a
Bob: Is it (1) … (rain) outside? Tom: It usually (2) … (rain) but at the moment the sun (3) … (shine). c
Paul: Is the sun (7) … (shine) in Toronto? Julie: No, it (8)… (not / shine). In fact, it’s cloudy. Paul: I see. (9)… (be) it cold? Julie: Yes. (10)… (be) it sunny in Sydney? Paul: It’s the summer. The sun always (11)… (shine) here in the summer.
7
It usually rains when I go for a walk. When it’s raining, I go to work by car. Before you go on holiday, check the weather forecast. After you finish, please turn out the light. A lot of people read in bed befor e they go to sleep.
b
Yvette: Does it often (4) … (snow) in England?
También podemos describir cuándo ocurre un acontecimiento usando before, after o during seguido de un sustantivo.
Roger: It sometimes (5)… (snow) in the north of England. It (6) … (snow) in Scotland now.
During the summer, we stay in the mountains. After the class, we usually go to a café. Ordena las frases.
8
1 you / remember to / an umbrella. / When / go to England, / take 2 usually / during / here / It / snows / the winter. 3 leave. / a call / Give me / you / before 4 we / When / it’s / the beach. / sunny, / go to 5 changes. / the weather / the summer, / After
d
Sally: Mum, is it usually cold in England? Mum: Well, it sometimes (12)… (rain) and it’s often cloudy. Sally: In the summer? Mum: The sun often (13)… (shine) in the summer. Sally: The sun usually (14)… (shine) here. It is shining today. Mum: I know, but the sun (15)… (not / shine) in London today. It (16)… (rain) at the moment.
Completa la previsión del tiempo con la expresión adecuada para cada caso.
Good morning to you all and welcome to today’s weather forecast with me, Ricky Fowler, on Washington DC TV. Well, I know it’s the middle of summer and it’s (1) usually I now hot, but I’m sorry, (2) today I sometimes the sun isn’t shining. In fact, (3) at the moment I often it’s raining! Now for a look at the weather in the rest of the world. In the Australian desert, it (4) never I now rains. And, yes, (5) now I always the sun is shining and it’s 42 degrees.
52
Para expresar cuándo ocurre un acontecimiento en relación con otro, usamos when, after y before:
9
Observa la agenda meteorológica y elige una ciudad. Con un compañero, formula y responde preguntas sobre la ciudad elegida. Trata de adivinar cuál ha elegido tu compañero.
1 DUBAI Spring
It’s usually dry and warm. It’s windy and it sometimes rains.
Summer
It’s always very hot. The temperature is usually over 40º C. It never rains.
Autumn
It’s usually dry. It’s sometimes foggy.
Winter
It’s very warm. It sometimes rains.
2 MANCHESTER Spring
It’s warm and cloudy. It’s often wet.
Summer It’s often warm and sunny. It’s never very hot. Autumn It rains a lot. It’s windy and cloudy.
It’s very cloudy. It sometimes snows. 3 SAN FRANCISCO Spring It’s usually warm and sunny. It’s sometimes foggy. Winter
Summer
It’s often foggy in the morning. It’s usually sunny in August but never very hot.
Autumn
It’s usually warm and sunny. It doesn’t often rain.
Winter It’s warm. It rains a lot. 4 MOSCOW Spring
It’s cold. It rains a lot.
Summer It’s very hot. The temperature is sometimes 30º C. Autumn It’s cold. It rains a lot and it sometimes snows. Winter
It always snows. It’s very cold. The temperature is often below zero.
In your city, does it rain in autumn?
Yes, it rains a lot in autumn.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT
5
B What is the weather like? BEFORE YOU WATCH
Same language, different lives
Documentary 1
4
Fíjate en la foto de Carol Dakin. Responde a las siguientes preguntas. 1 What’s her job? a A teacher b A weather forecaster c A farmer 2 What does a meteorologist do? Tick the correct sentences. A meteorologist … a looks at data about the weather in different places in the world. b travels to many different countries. c appears on TV. d writes computer programmes. e makes predictions about the weather.
Rellena los espacios en blanco con las palabras del recuadro. a
b
c
5
forest
d
e
………… hills
river
cold, snow
¿Qué dice el anuncio sobre las ventanas Windsor? Completa el diagrama con la información del vídeo.
Good in (2) … weather
Good when it (4) …
Good when it (3)…
Good for the (5) …
Good when it´s (6) …
Traditional Britain/Modern Britain
mountains
Relaciona las palabras con los granjeros. Algunas palabras se relacionan con más de uno. traditional valley small organic cows river pigs big modern hills horse
………… George
valley
Documentary
Jack
Michael
traditional, small, …
AFTER YOU WATCH
NOW YOU!
Señala si las siguientes frases son verdaderas (3) o falsas ( 7) y corrige las falsas.
Lee la descripción del tiempo y relaciónala con uno de los mapas. Después, redacta una descripción del tiempo para España.
1 Carol is a weather forecaster on the radio. 2 The weather information comes from the TV. 3 British people are interested in the weather. 4 Carol only talks about British weather. 5 According to Carol, it is raining in Spain.
In Scotland, it’s cold and wet. In the north of England, it’s windy. In the centre of England, it’s bright and cold. In the south of England, it’s warm and sunny. In Wales, it’s rainy and foggy.
7 3
winter
Good in (1) … weather
f
…………
hot
Windsor windows are good
6
lake
summer
Advert
Traditional Britain/Modern Britain 2
Completa la siguiente tabla.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
53
The world around us
READING 1
Responde a las preguntas. 1 What clothes do you usually wear in summer? And in winter? 2 What do you do when it rains? 3 What type of jobs does the weather affect? 4 Does the weather affect any of your free time activities?
2 55
Lee rápidamente estos textos y relaciona los títulos con los textos.
a Holidays in the rain b Food for all seasons c Good business all year d Weather check before work e Getting to work in all weathers 1 RAVI I live in the north of India, in Delhi. I teach other people to play tennis. I also like to play golf in my free time. It’s always hot here, but it rains as well. Every morning, I look out of my window to check the weather. When it rains, my job is very difficult and I can’t play golf! 2 MEGAN Hi! I live in Stirling, in the centre of Scotland. I own a small hotel and every summer I want the sun to shine. When it rains a lot, people don’t come on holiday. They stay at home or they go to hot countries, like Spain. Cold, wet weather is bad for my business. It is sometimes hot in Scotland, but usually it’s cloudy and not very warm. 3 MERLENE I work in a busy restaurant in the Blue Mountains, in the east of Jamaica. In the summer, it gets very hot outside and in the kitchen. Customers want to eat outside, and they have salads and cold drinks. But it’s different in winter. People prefer hot soup. And I love my job in the winter – it’s cold and windy outside, but in my kitchen, it’s nice and warm. 4 PIERRE I live in Vancouver. It’s in the west of Canada. I always ride my motorcycle to work. Well, almost always. In the winter, it snows and I take the bus. I always wear a helmet but I wear different clothes for different weather. I can wear T-shirts and shorts when it’s hot, but I’ve got three coats for the winter! 5 GERMAINE I live in Kiandra. It’s a town in the mountains in the south of Australia. I’ve got a shop. We sell swimming costumes in the summer and ski equipment in the winter. December is very hot here and July is very cold.
3
Vuelve a leer los textos. Responde a las preguntas. 1 What does Ravi do? Why is the weather a problem for him? 2 What don’t tourists like about Scotland? 3 Why does Merlene like winter? 4 What does Pierre do differently in winter? Why? 5 What does Germaine’s shop sell?
4
Completa con nombres las siguientes frases. 1 The weather is very, very important in …’s life. 2 The weather doesn’t affect …’s life very much.
54
5
Las siguientes frases son falsas. Corrígelas. 1 Delhi is in the south of India. It’s cold and windy. 2 Stirling is in the north of Scotland. It’s hot and sunny. 3 The Blue Mountains are in the centre of Jamaica. It’s cloudy and wet there in winter. 4 Vancouver is in the east of Canada. It’s cold and windy all year. 5 Kiandra is in the west of Australia. It’s sunny in July and it snows in December.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT
5
LANGUAGE STUDY 1 56
2 57
En inglés, las palabras que empiezan con una vocal se enlazan con la consonante final de la palabra anterior. Escucha y repite las siguientes palabras.
North Africa
East Asia
West of Canada
Central America
5
1 (prefer sunny prefer rainy like playing ) A: Do you … or sunny weather? B: I … weather. I … tennis. 2 (sunshine don’t like hot They prefer ) A: Do cows prefer wet weather or …? B: … the rain. They … weather.
Lee las siguientes palabras y señala las que estén enlazadas. Después, escucha y comprueba. 1 free time activities 4 capital of Spain 2 hot and sunny 5 Mike and Celia 3 a cold autumn
3 (like living rainy prefers ) A: Does your mum … in Spain? B: Oh yes, she … sunny weather. England is too … .
Para preguntar qué tiempo hace, decimos: What’s the weather like?
4 (prefer classical like listening music ) A: What sort of … do you prefer? B: I … music, but I also … to pop music.
‘What’s the weather like today ?’
‘It’s sunny and dry.’ ‘What’s the weather like in
London ?’
5 (like hot on the beach usually cloudy prefer holidays prefer ) A: Does your family … in the mountains or … ? B: We don’t … weather. We … holidays in the mountains because it’s … and cool there.
‘It’s raining.’ 3 58
Fíjate en las fotos y escucha dos conversaciones. ¿En qué países se encuentran?
France
Brazil
Ireland
4
6 (relaxing like prefer a house an apartment ) A: Where do you like living? Do you prefer … in town or … in the country? B: I … apartments but the country is very … , so I … a house.
Australia
Conversation 1: The daughter is in … and the mother is in … . Conversation 2: The son is in … and the father is in … .
6
Formula preguntas a un compañero sobre el tiempo que hace en las fotos de la actividad 3. What’s the weather like in France?
Habla con un compañero de vuestras preferencias sobre los temas siguientes.
weather seasons region of the country holiday destination holiday activities
It’s cold and it’s snowing.
Do you prefer sunny weather or rain?
Para indicar preferencias, usamos: prefer + sustantivo. I hate snow. I prefer warm weather. The cows prefer wet weather. He likes autumn time, but he prefers spring time.
Completa los diálogos con las palabras o frases entre paréntesis.
7
I prefer sunny weather because I enjoy gardening. I can’t do gardening in the rain.
Lee el correo electrónico de Daisy. Después, escribe tú otro describiendo el tiempo del lugar donde te encuentras.
They like coffee for breakfast, but I prefer tea. Para preguntar por las preferencias de otros, decimos: What … do you prefer? / Do you prefer … or …? / What sort of … do you prefer? ‘ What sort of weather do you prefer? ‘ ‘I prefer warm weather.’ ‘ Do you prefer winter months or summer months?‘ ‘I prefer summer months.‘ ‘ What music do you prefer? ‘ ‘I prefer classical music.‘
THAT’S ENGLISH!
From: Daisy Meadows (
[email protected]) To: Tom Meadows (
[email protected]) Hi little brother! I’m in Switzerland and the weather always changes. It is usually hot and sunny in the summer but it sometimes rains a lot. I like spring because it is often cloudy and cool, and I prefer cloudy weather. The winter is always snowy and icy. I prefer snow because you can’t drive when it’s icy. Today the sun is shining but it’s not hot.
55
The world around us
CONSOLIDATION 1
Lee el artículo rápidamente y responde a las preguntas. 1 What sort of weather does Chief Aqqaluk prefer? 2 Where does Kenyah live?
DIFFERENT COUNTRIES … DIFFERENT LIVES Bruce Carry talks to two people from two very different places. Chief Aqqaluk is an Inuit and he lives in the north of Canada, in the Arctic. ‘I live in the Arctic and so there is a lot of snow and ice. In the summer, it is sometimes warm, but it is usually cold. When I hunt in the winter, I make a house using ice and snow. This is an igloo. We use skis and 4x4s to travel around and also snowmobiles … a car with skis! I often go to the USA on vacation and I sometimes go to Europe but I like it here, where I live. I prefer snow and ice. Life is difficult, but I love it.’
Kenyah lives in Indonesia and he is a Dayak. ‘We live in the forest and so we use trees to make our houses. It usually rains here, so our houses are not on the ground. You can see we have stairs and a big roof. The house is cool inside. The weather here is always hot and humid. It’s often sunny but it never snows and it’s never icy. I prefer sun and rain. I don’t want to visit other countries. I know that in the UK it is usually cloudy and cold. I don’t like that. I prefer my home.’
2
Vuelve a leer el artículo. Señala si las siguientes frases son verdaderas ( 3) o falsas ( 7) y corrige las falsas. 1 It is often warm in the north of Canada. 2 An igloo is a snow house. 3 Aqqaluk wants to live in Europe. 4 Dayak houses are hot and humid. 5 Kenyah prefers cold weather. 6 Kenyah doesn’t like the weather in the UK.
3
¿Dónde crees que viven estas personas? Escucha las entrevistas que les hace Bruce Carry y relaciona sus fotos con las casas donde viven.
59
a Jerome
b
c
Mathilde
Isabel
56
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT 4
Escucha de nuevo. Relaciona las preguntas con las respuestas.
59
1 Where do you live, Jerome? 2 Do you live in the city? 3 What’s the weather like in the south of Sweden? 4 Do you prefer the snow or rain?
5
Escucha de nuevo y responde a las preguntas.
59
6 59
c in the mountains c warm c snow
Escucha de nuevo. Escribe J para Jerome, M para Mathilde e I para Isabel junto a las palabras que usan para describir el tiempo en el lugar donde viven. b snow ... e icy weather …
c snowing … f rain …
Pregunta a un compañero que describa el tiempo en el lugar donde vive. Where do you live?
Do you live in the mountains?
I live in Bilbao.
What’s the weather like there?
8
a I don’t like the rain or the snow. I prefer the sun! b It’s often windy and it often rains. c I live in Italy. d No, I live on a river!
1 Where does Jerome live? a on a river b on a farm 2 In spring, what is the weather usually like in the mountains? a cold b cloudy 3 What sort of weather does Mathilde prefer? a sun b rain
a windy … d warm … 7
5
No, I live in the city.
In the summer it’s hot and sunny!
Completa este blog sobre el tiempo con las siguientes palabras.
rain
Blog
raining
rains
prefer
spring
weather
hot
Walter’s Wet Weather Words!
Hello again and welcome to my blog. First, let me tell you that right now, it’s (1) … outside. I really don’t like (2) … , I (3) … sunny weather. I love it when it’s (4)… , dry and sunny. Oh well, it’s (5) … so it often (6) … . I prefer summer. What about you? What’s the (7) … like in your city?
9
Ahora, escribe tu propio blog sobre el tiempo.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
57
SELF TEST 1
5
Clasifica las siguientes palabras.
spring
temperature forest mountains east
Seasons
2
UNIT
north west Europe windy summer Australasia winter degrees river
Compass Points
Weather
Continents
Asia
Landscapes
Completa las conversaciones con la forma correcta del verbo entre paréntesis. 1 A: What’s the weather like today? B: It … (snow) a lot. 2 A: Do you prefer the summer or the winter? B: I prefer the summer because the sun … (shine) and it … (be) hot. 3 A: Hi, Mum. What’s the weather like in New York? B: Well, usually, it … (rain) in the spring but at the moment the wind … (blow). 4 A: … (it, rain) outside? B: No, it … (rain), it’s bright and sunny.
3
Relaciona las preguntas (a-d) con las respuestas (1-4).
4 60
a What’s your name and where do you live? b Why do you live in France and not in England? c What are your favourite seasons? d What’s the weather like in autumn and winter? 1 I live here because I prefer warm weather. In England, the weather is often cold and wet and here, the sun shines all year. 2 In autumn and winter, the weather and the landscape change. The leaves fall from the trees. The wind blows from the north and it gets colder. It sometimes snows but not much. It’s very beautiful. 3 I like the summer because it’s hot and I like hot weather. But I prefer the spring; it’s warm and it’s usually dry. 4 Hello, my name is Gerald Moyle. I am English but I live in the south of France.
Learning tip
5
1
Escucha la conversación y elige las respuestas correctas. 1 Nell Fergus is a farmer in the south / north of England. 2 Nell has got some pigs / a lot of pigs on her farm. 3 The pigs prefer wet / cold weather. 4 It is snowing / raining at Nell’s farm. 5The cows prefer the winter / summer. 6The chickens prefer dry / icy weather. Escribe respuestas para las siguientes preguntas. Usa las imágenes.
2
3
4
5
6
E 1 What sort of weather do you prefer, hot or cold? 2 What’s the weather like today? 3 At home, what’s the weather like in the summer? 4 Do you live in the north, south, east or west? 5 What sort of weather don’t you like? 6 What’s the weather like in Australia at the moment? 6 61
Ahora, escucha las preguntas y respóndelas, de manera que sean verdaderas para ti. Utiliza frases completas. I prefer hot weather.
Puedes mejorar tus conocimientos de vocabulario aprendiendo a crear nuevas palabras. Por ejemplo, algunos adjetivos se forman añadiendo -y a un sustantivo: rain – rainy. Cuando aprendas nuevas palabras, fíjate en qué palabras puedes formar a partir de ellas usando diversos sufijos, como en estos casos: centre – central, north – northern, hill – hilly. More practice: Vocabulary: Weather (page 32), Nature (page 34) Grammar: Present simple vs present continuous (page 68), Time clauses (page 70)
58
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT
6
Shopping S O V I T E J B O
· Recordar a alguien que haga algo · Pedir y dar opiniones
A I love shopping BEFORE YOU WATCH 1
WHILE YOU WATCH
Relaciona las tiendas con las imágenes a–g. 1 flower shop 2 chemist’s 3 supermarket 4 stationery shop
a
3
5 street market 6 department store 7 bookshop
b
Responde a las siguientes preguntas. 1 Who is interested in shopping, the man or the woman? 2 What does the man buy?
c
AFTER YOU WATCH 4
d
1 The woman wants / doesn’t want sugar for her coffee. 2 It’s Hannah’s / Jackie’s day off tomorrow. 3 Billy / Louise wants some pens and a folder. 4 The new shopping mall is small / big . 5 The man thinks that the T-shirts are cheap / expensive . 6 The woman spends £267.15 / £276.50 .
e
5
f
2
g
Relaciona las tiendas con las definiciones. ¿Con qué frecuencia vas a cada una de ellas? 1 greengrocer’s 2 hairdresser’s 3 shopping mall a a large place with lots of different shops, cafés and restaurants b you buy fruit and vegetables in this shop c they cut your hair in this place
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Señala la respuesta correcta.
Responde a las siguientes preguntas. 1 What do the guests do every year? 2 What do they want to buy for Uncle Jim? 3 What do they plan to buy from the street market? 4 What costs £3.95? 5 How often does the man play golf?
NOW YOU! 6
Responde a estas preguntas. 1 How often do you go shopping? 2 Do you like shopping? Why / Why not?
I usually go shopping once a week.
59
Shopping
READING 1
2 62
Relaciona cada imagen con la palabra que corresponda del siguiente recuadro. haircut
stationery
1
2
meat
medicine 3
newspapers and magazines 4
5
fruit 6
cigarettes
vegetables
7
8
Lee los textos y relaciónalos con las imágenes (a–c).
Shopping in Oxford 1 The Covered Market is 250 years old and is located in Oxford city
centre. It has over fifty shops. Half of them sell food. There are three butcher’s, which sell top quality meat, two cafés and a chocolate shop. In the centre of the market, there’s a flower shop, which has flowers for special occasions. And there’s a greengrocer’s, which sells fresh fruit and vegetables. There’s a newsagent’s, if you want to buy a newspaper, magazine or cigarettes, and a baker’s, which sells fresh bread and sandwiches. There’s even a hairdresser, if you need a haircut! There isn’t a bookshop in the market, but there’s a library nearby. You can borrow books from the library, so it’s cheaper than buying them! The market is open Monday–Saturday, 7:30 a.m. – 5:30 p.m. and Sundays 11:00 a.m. – 5:00 p.m.
a
b
2
Debenhams is a large department store in the centre of Oxford. You can buy clothes, electrical equipment like TVs and DVD players, and everything for the home, including furniture, kitchen and bathroom accessories and lamps. There is a chemist’s, where you can buy soap, toothpaste, medicine and perfume. There are 150 Debenhams department stores across the UK. The Oxford store is open Monday–Saturday, 9:30 a.m. – 6:00 p.m. and on Sundays from 11:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. 3
Tesco is a large supermarket just outside Oxford. You can get there by car – it has a very large car park. It sells food, cleaning products and electrical equipment. There’s a stationery shop in the supermarket, which sells pens, pencils, rubbers and notebooks. There are 5,000 Tesco supermarkets around the world, 2,500 of them in the UK. The Oxford store is open 24 hours a day, seven days a week, but closes early on Sundays.
3
Lee los textos de nuevo. ¿En qué tiendas puedes comprar los productos de la actividad 1? 1 medicine – chemist’s (Debenhams)
4
Señala si estas frases son verdaderas ( 3) o falsas ( 7) y corrige las falsas. 1 The Covered Market is very old. 2 80% of the shops in the market sell food. 3 You can buy lunch and have a haircut at the market. 4 There are 150 Debenhams department stores in and around Oxford. 5 Debenhams is open seven days a week. 6 There are 5,000 Tesco supermarkets across the UK. 7 Tesco is open 24 hours a day, seven days a week.
60
5
c
Completa estos diálogos con palabras del texto. 1 ‘Are these sandwiches …?’ ‘Yes, they’re today’s.’ 2 ‘Excuse me. I want to look at TVs and DVD players. Where are they?’ ‘All the … is next to the furniture.’ 3 ‘Why are you using a pencil?’ ‘ Because I can correct my mistakes with a … .’ 4 ‘I can’t see – my hair is very long!’ ‘You need a … .’ 5 ‘My hands are dirty.’ ‘Use this … to wash them.’ 6 ‘We need some meat for dinner.’ ‘There’s a very good … in the market.’
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT
6
LANGUAGE STUDY 1 63
Escucha estas palabras y fíjate en cómo se pronuncia el sonido /h/. Es una aspiración muy suave. hello
2 64
3 65
hotel
hairdresser
house
66
hello hotel hairdresser hi husband hair have
67
Remember + infinitivo (o la forma negativa del infinitivo)
house hat
Remember to take your keys . Remember not to buy any chocolate .
Lee estos breves diálogos y subraya las palabras que empiezan con el sonido / h/. Después, escucha y repite.
Escucha a unas personas que hablan de sus trabajos. ¿Dónde trabajan? Señala ( 3) las personas que no están contentas en su trabajo. 1 Oliver works in a …… . 2 Tina works in a …… . 3 Sophie works in a …… . 4 Paul works in a …… . 5 Harry works in a …… . 6 Eva works in a …… .
5
Remember the keys .
Escucha y repite las siguientes palabras.
1 A: Hello. How are you? B: I’m OK. But it’s very hot today. 2 A: What have we got to eat? B: We’ve got some hamburgers. A: Oh, no! I hate meat. 3 A: How much is this handbag? B: It’s a hundred euros. A: Can I have it, please? 4
Cuando queremos recordarle algo a alguien, usamos: Remember + sustantivo
Don’t forget + sustantivo Don’t forget your coat .
Don’t forget + infinitivo Don’t forget to call me .
6
Ordena las palabras para formar frases. 1 forget / computer / your / don’t 2 your / gloves / hat and / remember 3 buy / remember / cheese / to / some 4 lunch / take / forget / your / to / don’t 5 spend / remember / to / all your money / not
7
En parejas, a partir de las imágenes y por turnos, recordaos mutuamente lo que tenéis que comprar.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Completa estos diálogos. Después, escucha y comprueba. 1 A: … I have that magazine, please? B: Of course. There you … . A: Thank … . B: You’re … . 2 A: The watch is great! Thank you so … . B: It’s a … . 3 A: Here’s your newspaper. B: Thank you … … indeed. A: … at all.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Don’t forget to buy some magazines from the newsagent’s.
Of course. No problem. What magazines do you want?
61
Shopping Usamos los demostrativos this , that , these y those para señalar algo.
this clock that clock
Para pedir una opinión, preguntamos así: What do you think of …? How do you like …? Para dar nuestra opinión, decimos: I think it’s / they’re + adjetivo.
these books those books 10
8
Fíjate en las imágenes y completa las oraciones con this , that , these o those .
1 A: like / flowers / how / these / you / do / ? B: beautiful / think / they’re / I / .
1 …… book is really good. 2 Can I look at …… pens? 3 How much are …… oranges? 4 I’d like to buy …… soap, please. 5 …… T-shirt is beautiful! 6 Is …… your card?
2 A: of / perfume / you / think / do / what / this / ? B: lovely / think / it’s / I / . 11
1
2
5
3
6
Para evitar repetir un sustantivo, podemos usar one (singular) u ones (plural). A: I like this pen. B: This pen one here?
68
Corrige los diálogos usando one u Después, escucha y comprueba.
13
62
14
OK
Comenta con un compañero los tipos de tiendas a las que os gusta ir, las cosas que os gusta comprar y la frecuencia con la que vais. I love shopping in clothes shops. I buy new clothes every week.
ones .
1 A: Do you like these T-shirts? B: Yes, they’re OK. But I prefer those T-shirts. A: Really? Those T-shirts are very expensive. 2 A: How much is this perfume? B: This perfume in the green bottle? A: No, that perfume in the pink bottle. B: Oh, yes, the pink perfume is £39.99. 3 A: Those socks are for Uncle Bob. B: Really? Those socks are for me. A: No, these socks are for you. 4 A: I can’t find my shopping bag. B: Please use this shopping bag. A: Really? That shopping bag is perfect. Thanks. B: No problem.
Usando los adjetivos del recuadro, redacta respuestas para las preguntas de la actividad 11.
beautiful great really good nice not very good terrible
A: How much are these magazines? B: These magazines ones are £3.50. 9
Escribe preguntas donde se solicite una opinión.
1 What / think / these socks? 2 How / like / that pen? 3 What / think / this computer game? 4 How / like / those flowers? 12
4
Ordena las palabras para pedir una opinión y responde a las preguntas.
I like clothes shops and I love going to bookshops. I spend hours there.
Has recibido uno de los siguientes regalos de parte de un amigo. Escribe una carta de agradecimiento. socks book
flowers
perfume
biscuits
Dear James, Thank you very much for the socks. I think they’re fantastic. I have a lot of socks, but they are all old and boring. These ones are great – red is my favourite colour! I hope you like the photo! Love from Sally
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT
6
Can I have a pound of bananas?
B
BEFORE YOU WATCH
Documentary 1
¿Qué alimentos se pueden encontrar en un mercado de productos frescos? Haz una lista.
AFTER YOU WATCH
Documentary 2
chocolate brownies
steak pie
cheese
fish
pears
feta pie
fidget pie
potatoes Bakewell tart
carrots
¿Qué cantidad de cada producto compra Liz? Escoge la respuesta correcta. 1 Greek salad 2 feta pie 3 pears 4 apples
half a pound / half a kilo 100 grams / 200 grams half a pound / a pound half a kilo / a kilo
Same language, different lives 4
Advert 6
apples
Sophie e
b
c
Cassandra
Suzanne
f
7
¿Se refieren a la década de 1950 o a la actualidad? 1 There are a lot of small, traditional shops.1950s 2 There is a big supermarket. 3 The shops are not open on Sundays. 4 You can buy bread at the baker’s. 5 You can buy lots of different things at the supermarket. 6 The shops close at 5:30 p.m. 7 There are small shops selling food from different countries.
d
g
Según lo que dice el presentador, indica si las siguientes frases son verdaderas (3) o falsas ( 7). Corrige las falsas. 1 You can buy everything you need at Supermarkets UK. 2 Supermarkets UK have a fishmonger’ fishmonger’s, s, a baker’s, a butcher’s and a greengrocer’s. 3 Supermarkets UK don’t offer Internet shopping. 4 The presenter wants to do his shopping at Supermarkets UK. 5 Supermarkets UK are cheap and clean.
Tradition raditional al Britain/Mod Britain/Modern ern Britain
¿Dónde hacen la compra? Relaciona cada personaje con el lugar l ugar correspondiente. Puedes poner el mismo nombre en varios sitios. a
Responde a las siguientes preguntas. 1 Wh Which ich city is Union Square in? 2 What kind of shop is good because you can find everything there? What at kind of shop is Asda? 3 Wh 4 What kind of place is Lakeside?
¿Qué alimentos compra Liz Johnson para cenar? Márcalos (3) en los recuadros.
Greek salad
3
5
David h
NOW YOU! Gill
Owen
1 at a market …… 2 at a shopping mall …… 3 at a supermarket …… 4 online …… 5 at a shopping centre …… 6 in Union Square ……
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Sophie
Nabeel 8
¿Dónde haces la compra? I buy meat and vegetables at the market because it’ it’s s fresh.
I buy everything at the supermarket because it’s cheap, and near my house!
63
Shopping
READING 1
Responde a las siguientes preguntas. preguntas. a How often do you visit a street market? c Which is your favourite street market?
2 69
What at type of things do they sell at the markets you know? b Wh d Which days of the week is the market on?
Lee las descripciones que hacen algunas personas de sus mercados favoritos. Relaciona los mercados 1–3 con una ciudad. a Melbourne
b London
York c New York
1 ‘Portobello Market (PM) is my favourite. It’s old, 140 years old, and it’s really interesting. It is in Notting Hill, in the west of the city. There is a market six days a week. You can buy fruit and vegetables, clothes (old and new) and snacks like sandwiches, burgers and noodles. But the best day to go is Saturday, Saturday, when you can see the famous antiques market. On Saturdays, the market is around three kilometres long, so remember to take some good walking shoes with you.’ 2 ‘Hell’s Kitchen Flea Market (HKFM) is fantastic. It’ss one of National It’ Nat ional Geograph Geographic’ ic’ss ‘Top Ten Ten Shopping Sho pping Streets in the World’. At around ten years old, it’s quite a new market. But it's very exciting. You can find it on West 39th, between 9th and 10th Avenues. There are great views of Manhattan from here, including the Empire State Building. The market sells new and old clothes, jewellery, home decorations and furniture. It’s open every Saturday and Sunday from nine to five.’ 3
Relaciona las fotos con los mercados de la actividad 2. a
4
3 ‘Queen Victoria Market (QVM) is 120 years old. It’s the number one open air market in the southern hemisphere. Local people call it the ‘Queen Vic’ or ‘Vic Market’. It’s open five days a week, but the best day is Sunday. Queen Street is closed on Sundays, so there are a lot of bands playing great music. It’s famous for its food from all over the world, but they sell other things too, like l ike clothes, jewellery and Australian souvenirs for the tourists. tourists .’
b
Marca (3) la frase que describa cada uno de estos mercados; puedes marcar varios. PM
HKFM QVM
c
5
Completa las frases. snacks antiques views jewellery southern hemisphere souvenirs
1 It´s a new market. 2 It sells jewellery. 3 You can eat there. 4 You can buy clothes. 5 It´s an old market. 6 It´s only open at the weekend. 7 The best day to go there is Saturday. 8 You can listen to music there.
64
1 Countries in the … have their summer in December. 2 People often buy tea and biscuits as … from Britain. 3 There are some great … of the city from the top of the tower. 4 I’d like to buy some … for my mother. She loves old things. 5 I want to get some silver … to wear with my new dress. 6 Let’s make some … for lunch – it’s cheaper than going to a restaurant.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT
6
LANGUAGE STUDY 1 70
Escucha y fíjate en la entonación descendente de estas pregun preguntas. tas.
4 72
1 What’ What’s s your name? 2 Where can we have lunch? 3 How do you like this t his book? 2 71
Escucha la conversación. Escribe en la tabla la cantidad que compra la cliente y cuánto paga por cada cosa. quantity (kg)
cost (£ / p)
carrots
Ahora, escucha y repite las preguntas. 1 What job do you do? 2 Whe Where re do you live? 3 How much is that shirt? 4 How old is she? 5 W What hat do you think of it? 6 How do you like them? t hem?
apples tomatoes lettuce oranges
Recipientes Una botella (bottle (bottle)) puede ser de plástico o de cristal (a (a plastic bottle, bottle, a glass bottle). bottle). Hay dos formas de decir lata: tin o can can y aunque ambas pueden utilizarse indistintamente en algunos casos, tin tin suele suele usarse con alimentos y can can con con bebidas. Las patatas fritas y la pasta vienen en un paquete (packet ( packet). ). Los zumos y la cartons.. leche en cartons
onions
5
Haz tu lista de la compra para la semana. Piensa en los sitios donde puedes comprar cada cosa.
Shopping list
Medidas En el Reino Unido, aún se sigue utilizando algunas medidas "imperiales". Las más corrientes son de peso pounds pounds (en (en el mercado) y de capacidad pints pints (leche (leche y cerveza): A pound (1lb) = 450 grams A pint = 568 millilitres 3
Completa con las palabras que aparecen en el recuadro. can
pound
a
d
bottle b
e
a a ... of of tomatoes b a ... of bananas bananas c a ... of crisps
THAT’S ENGLISH!
pint
packet
tin
6
Escribe una nota para tu compañero pidiéndole que haga la compra. Dile lo que tiene que comprar y dónde ir, utilizando tu lista de la actividad 5.
c
f
Dear Jo, Can you do the shopping for me, please? We need some pasta and some tomatoes. You can get them from the supermarket. And we need …
d a ... of cola e a ... of beer f a ... of wine
65
Shopping
CONSOLIDATION 1
Responde a las siguientes preguntas. 1 Do you have a mall in your town? 2 W Where here is the mall, in the centre of town or outside? 3 Which activities do you enjoy most when you go to a mall: buying something, eating out or meeting friends?
2
Lee el artículo. ¿Cómo responde el autor a las preguntas de la actividad 1?
Shopping malls are part of everyday life in America. Our hometown is modern. There is a school, a church, a small hospital and the mall. The mall is like our town centre (although it isn’t in the centre). It is an important meeting place. I can meet my friends there, and then we do some shopping or have something to eat. The weather is never a problem because all the shops are in one building. It is a part of our lives. At Christmas, Santa is at the mall and gives all the children a present. There are two department stores in our local mall. They sell almost everything. There are family restaurants, fast food restaurants, a shoe shop, a game centre, two banks and a hairdresser’ hairdresser’s. s. The young people in the town usually meet up in the game centre and then they go to eat in one of the fast food restaurants. It’s great to meet friends and shop, but my favourite moment is having lunch. My favourite restaurant is a Chinese one. My friends and I, all of us mothers, usually meet here for lunch. It is very convenient. 3
Lee el artículo de nuevo y decide si las siguientes frases son verdaderas ( 3) o falsas ( 7). Corrige las falsas. 1 The writer lives in an old town. 2 The mall is in the town centre. 3 The weather is not a problem for shoppers at the mall. 4 The mall is a part of people’s lives at special times of year. 5 The mall has three department stores. 6 The mall is a place where people meet. 7 The writer is a man.
4
Con un compañero, comenta estas cuestiones. a What shops do you have near your house? c Where do people meet up in your town? We live near a supermarket. It’s convenient but I don’t meet friends there.
66
b What do you think of those shops? shops? d Do people of different ages meet in different places? I live near a newsagent’s and a post office. But my friends and I usually meet at our local pub.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT 5 73
6 73
7
6
Sandy va a hacer un intercambio de casas con su amiga Layla para las vacaciones. Escucha a Sandy explicándole a Layla las tiendas que hay cerca de su casa. Marca ( 3) las que están cerca. flower shop
chemist’s
greengrocer’s
market
department store
hairdresser ’s
stationery shop
newsagent’s
bookshop
butcher’s
baker’s
Escucha de nuevo y elige la opción correcta. 1 The house is not far from / in the city centre. 2 The newsagent’s is open / closed on Sundays. 3 There is a market at weekends / on weekdays . 4 You can buy food / clothes at the market. 5 The butcher’s / baker’s is in the city centre. 6 The hairdresser’s / stationer’s is next to the chemist´s. ¿Qué piensa Sandy acerca de … 1 the chemist’s and the newsagent’s? 2 the market? 3 the café? 4 the hairdresser’s?
8
Imagina que vas a intercambiar tu casa con alguien para las vacaciones. Redacta un correo electrónico para decirle cuáles son las tiendas que encontrará cerca.
Dear Bob, Let me tell you about the shops round here. At the end of the road, there’s a small supermarket and a newsagent’s …
THAT’S ENGLISH!
67
SELF TEST 1
Lee las pistas 1 a 10 y completa el crucigrama para encontrar la tienda oculta. 1 I come here to buy all my food and sometimes clothes and electricals. 2You can buy everything from Harry Potter to The Bible here. 3 There’s one near my house. I get my newspapers from there. 4 When you want to buy a pencil, a pen, a rubber or just paper, go here. 5 There are lots of shops and restaurants here. (two words) 6 If you want to drink tea or coffee and maybe eat a piece of cake, relax here. 7 They sell flowers for all occasions. (two words) 8 It’s a place to get a hair cut. 9 You can buy toothpaste, soap and medicine here. 10 It’s outside and usually open on one or two days a week. You can buy food, clothes and jewellery.
UNIT 3
6
Relaciona las preguntas con las imágenes a–d. 1 This one is great. How much is it? 2 Do you want that one? 3 Can I have these ones, please? 4 How much are those ones over there? a
4
b
c
d
Completa las conversaciones con these o those . 1
this , that ,
much is … lettuce here? B: … one here is 80p. 2 A: Can I have … tomatoes over there, please? B: … ones here? Yes, how many do you want? 3 A: Are … bananas there fresh? B: … ones here? Yes, all of them are. 4 A: Would you like … bread here? B: No, … bread over there, please. 5
1
A: How
Completa las frases con las formas afirmativa o negativa del infinitivo de los verbos del recuadro.
2
call buy come (x) speak (x) close drink (x)
3 4
1 Remember … any wine. You’re driving! Remember not to drink any wine. 2 Don’t forget … us when you arrive. 3 Remember … the door when you leave. 4 Remember … home too late. 5 Don’t forget … a ticket. 6 Remember ... when you are eating.
5 6 7 8 9 10
The hidden shop is: ………… 2
Pide opiniones y da las tuyas para estos temas. 1 A: How / new café ? How do you like the new café? B: very good I think it’s very good. 2 A: What / newsagent’s ? B: terrible 3 A: How / hairdresser’s ? B: OK 4 A: What / department store ? B: great 5 A: How / market ? B: beautiful 6 A: What / bookshop ? B: boring
Learning tip
6 74
Escucha la conversación y numera las imágenes 1 a 5 en el orden en que las escuches. a
7 74
b
c
e
d
Relaciona las cantidades con los productos. Escucha de nuevo y comprueba. 200g
2lbs
a pint
330ml
750 ml
1 milk 2 lemonade 3 tomatoes 4 sugar 5 wine
Siempre que puedas, usa imágenes para ayudarte a recordar nuevo vocabulario. Por ejemplo, cuando escribas nuevas palabras en tu libreta de vocabulario, procura añadir una imagen. Puedes dibujarla tú mismo, o recortarla de una revista y pegarla. Usar indicaciones visuales también te ayudará a ampliar vocabulario. Por ejemplo, cuando escribas el nombre de una tienda, dibuja algunas de las cosas que puedes comprar en ella y etiquétalas. More practice: Vocabulary: Shops and shopping (page 36) Grammar: Demonstratives (page 72)
68
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT
7
Money S O V I T E J B O
· Entender un texto sobre la importancia del dinero · Hablar sobre los gastos diarios y el presupuesto mensual familiar
A What do you spend your money on? BEFORE YOU WATCH 1
AFTER YOU WATCH
Relaciona las palabras con las imágenes.
4
1 What does the businessman want to buy in Paris? a a house b an apartment 2 How does he want to travel to Paris? a by taxi b by train 3 What does the manager give the businesswoman? a a receipt b cash 4 Where does the businesswoman want to go? a to the station b to the airport 5 What does the Japanese woman want to buy? a a holiday b clothes
banknote coins dollars pounds yen credit card receipt cashpoint a
b
c
d
$ ................. e
................. f
................. g
................. g h 5
£
¥
.................
.................
2
P A I D
£ 1 0
4 0
.................
Completa estas frases con los verbos del recuadro. earn change invest buy spend pay 1 Let’s go shopping. I need to … some souvenirs. 2 Before travelling to Britain, remember to … some euros into pounds. 3 In my new job, I … a lot of money. Look at my new car! 4 I haven’t got any cash. Can I … by credit card? 5 How much do you … on clothes each month? 6 Buying property is a good way to … your money.
6
¿En qué se gastan el dinero los entrevistados? Puedes marcar más de una casilla para cada persona. Speaker
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Clothes
WHILE YOU WATCH 3
Lee las siguientes frases e indica si son verdaderas (3) o falsas ( 7). Corrige las falsas. 1 The businessman wants to change dollars into pounds. 2 He wants to invest in an apartment in Tokyo. 3 He wants to take a taxi to the airport. 4 The blonde businesswoman is waiting for a taxi. 5 She never travels in her job. 6 She works hard to pay for her children’s school fees. 7 There’s a problem with the Japanese woman’s passport.
.
.................
Elige la respuesta correcta para estas preguntas.
Technology
Responde a las preguntas.
Holidays
1 Where do her children go to school?
Other
3
NOW YOU! 2 How much money does he want from the cashpoint? And how much money does he get from the receptionist?
7
Y tú, ¿en qué gastas el dinero? Elige de la siguiente lista. house food leisure family travel car clothes technology sports holidays I spend my money on holidays and my car.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
69
Money
READING 1
¿Qué cosas son importantes en tu vida? Observa las imágenes y establece un orden de importancia para ti. Numéralas del 1 al 6, siendo el 1 lo más importante.
money 2
75
friends
love
family
work
Fíjate en estas personas. ¿Qué crees que es importante para ellas? Mia
3
health Alex
Ellie
Rory
Lee el texto. Después comprueba las respuestas que diste en la actividad 2 y completa las frases. 1 For Mia, … and … are very important. 2 Alex thinks that … and … are important.
3 Ellie thinks that … is important. 4 For Rory, … is very important.
Money or love? What makes you happy? I work in a bank and I enjoy my job. I am married and I have got three young children. I earn a good salary and money is important to me. We live in a nice house and I use my salary to pay the mortgage on the house. My husband also works. He designs websites. We use his earnings to pay the bills. With three children, there are always a lot of bills, for example food, electricity and gas, the car. I think the good thing about my family is that we are very, very happy. We eat together every day and we take lots of holidays. My family is very important! Mia I’m a university student, and I don’t earn any money. My parents give me some money and also I have a loan from the bank to pay for my food and accommodation. I don’t want to borrow money, but my future job is important. When I finish university, I want to create a software company. I’m not married, but I have got a girlfriend. Her name’s Megan. I think we’re in love and that’s important to me. She’s great and I like being with her. Alex I’m a teacher and I love my job. I work a lot because my job is very important. I like teaching the children new and exciting things. I get to work at 8 a.m. and I usually leave around 6 p.m. Having a budget is important for me because I don’t have a big salary. I plan how much to spend on food, clothes and bills each month. I don’t go out much because I don’t like wasting money on going out for dinner or going to the theatre. I usually spend my free time at home. I’ve got a big garden and it needs a lot of attention. Ellie I play golf three or four times every week. I’m a journalist and I work at home. I write in the morning and play golf in the afternoon. All my friends play golf. I love walking around the golf course and talking to them. I don’t just play golf. I love any sport. I go running, cycling and sailing. I also do yoga. Being healthy is very, very important. I never smoke and I don’t drink alcohol. I feel great! Rory 4
Vuelve a leer el texto y responde a las preguntas. 1 What does Mia spend her salary on? On the mortgage. 2 What does Mia do with her family? 3 How does Alex pay for his food and accommodation? 4 Why is Megan important to Alex? 5 What is Ellie’s job? 6 Why does Ellie have a budget? 7 What’s Rory’s job? 8 What sport does Rory play with his friends?
70
5
Relaciona estas palabras con su definición correspondiente. bill to borrow budget earnings loan mortgage to waste 1 To receive money from the bank and then give it back later. 2 A plan of what to spend money on. 3 Money that you borrow from the bank to buy something, for example a car. 4 The money from the bank you use to buy a house. 5 The money that you receive when you work. 6 To spend money on things that you don’t need. 7 A piece of paper that shows how much you need to pay for something, for example the telephone, electricity, and food.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT
7
LANGUAGE STUDY 1 76
Escucha y repite. / d / / /
January journey Japan age manager Egypt › television usually Asia pleasure ›
4 79
Rob y Paula quieren comprar una casa nueva. Escucha y completa su presupuesto. Después, di los números en voz alta y vuelve a escuchar para comprobar tu pronunciación. New House
2 77
Practica leyendo estas frases en voz alta. Después, escucha y comprueba.
House price: Rob’s mortgage: Paula’s mortgage: Paula’s bank account: Rob’s bank account: Credit card: Cash:
1 The manager lives in Egypt. 2 They are on a journey to Japan. 3 They usually watch television on Thursday. 4 ‘Thanks.’ ‘It’s my pleasure.’ 5 It’s a good time to visit Asia in January. Hundreds 100 – one hundred 200 – two hundred 981 – nine hundred and eighty-one
€…. €…. €…. €…. €…. €….
Usamos to + infinitivo para expresar finalidad. I work hard to earn money. She saves money to go on holiday.
Thousands 1,000 – one thousand 8,760 – eight thousand, seven hundred and sixty Tens of thousands 10,000 – ten thousand 67,853 – sixty seven thousand, eight hundred and fifty-three
….
We earn money to pay the bills! They want a mortgage to buy a new house.
5
Fíjate en las imágenes y responde con to + infinitivo. Usa los verbos del recuadro. go 1
Hundreds of thousands 100,000 – one hundred thousand 459,138 – four hundred and fifty-nine thousand, one hundred and thirty-eight
borrow
finish
pay
2 SCHOOL
Millions 1,000,000 – one million Fíjate en las comas y en la posición de and entre las centenas y las decenas. 7,941,256 – seven million, nine hundred and forty-one thousand, two hundred and fifty-six
3
4
Nota: en inglés se dice two million , three million y NO two millions, three millions.
3 78
Practica leyendo estos números en voz alta. Después, escucha y repite. 1 682 2 4,890 3 13,674 4 256,589 5 4,500,000 6 2,872,640
THAT’S ENGLISH!
1 Why do you work hard? I work hard … 2 Why do you save money? I save money … 3 Why are you going to the bank? I’m going to the bank … 4 Why are you working late? I’m working late …
71
Money 6
Relaciona los siguientes eslóganes con su tipo de negocio. 1 Spend and save 2 Cheap loans here 3 Buy now, pay later 4 Invest in your children's future 5 Is today your day? Buy a ticket
8
Monthly budget
a a bank b the lottery c a credit card company d a private school e a supermarket 7 80
Completa la entrevista con las palabras del recuadro. Después, escucha y comprueba tus respuestas.
earnings borrow savings loan bank account cashpoint budget buy save spend
Interviewer: Good evening, and welcome to ‘Money Talk’. Today, we’re talking to people about what they do to save money. Our first guest is Chris O’Dowd. Chris, what do you do to save money? Chris: Well, I have a (1) … and my earnings go directly into my account, so I have to go to the (2) … to take money out. Interviewer: And how much do you take out? Chris: I make a (3) … every week to plan how much cash I need. Then when I (4) … money, I write everything down. That helps me to check how much I spend. Interviewer: OK. That’s a very good idea. Chris: Then, I also use my (5) … to pay the mortgage and all the bills! But I also want to (6) … some money every month. Interviewer: Right. Chris: I need to save money to (7) … important things like a holiday or a new car. Interviewer: And do you ever (8) … money from the bank? Chris: Well, if you get a (9) … from the bank you need more money to pay it back! So, no, never. I prefer to use my (10) … .
72
¿Cuánto gastas al mes? Completa tu presupuesto mensual.
Mortgage
.........
Gas and electricity
.........
Food
.........
Petrol
.........
Clothes
.........
Going out
.........
Books
.........
Hobbies
.........
Cigarettes
.........
Savings
.........
9
TOTAL
.........
Habla con un compañero sobre tu presupuesto mensual. I spend €150 a month on petrol. I spend 75 a month on clothes.
I spend 300 a month to buy food. I have a big family!
I save 50 every month to go on holiday.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT
7
B How much does it cost? BEFORE YOU WATCH
Same language, different lives 1
¿Para qué ahorras tú? Selecciona las opciones correspondientes. 1 a trip round the world 2 holidays and vacations 3 a new car 4 retirement 5 travelling 6 furniture 7 rent a house 8 sports activities
Competition 2
¿Cuánto crees que cuestan estas cosas en libras?
a
b
c
£ ……….?
£ ……….?
£ ……….?
AFTER YOU WATCH
Documentary 3
¿Qué dice Peter Spinner? Responde a las preguntas.
Competition 5
Escribe ahora el precio exacto de cada producto. 1 Hairdressing vouchers 2 Designer suit 3 Roller skates
£… £… £…
Traditional USA/Modern USA 6
1 What kind of accounts does Peter’s bank offer? 2 What can’t you do with a savings account? 3 What can you do with a debit card? 4 What’s the difference between a loan and a mortgage? 5 What’s the benefit of using Internet banking?
Same language, different lives 4
Elige la opción correcta. 1 Sally Thompson is British / American . 2 She is a housewife / an interviewer . 3 It’s 1955 / 1965 . 4 She’s living in New York / Washington . 5 In the automat, Sally gets a piece of apple / pineapple pie.
7
¿Cuánto cuesta? Escribe los precios en dólares y centavos de dólar.
¿Qué hacen con sus ahorros? Completa la tabla. 1
travel 2
the automat the modern fast-food restaurant coffee sandwich pie TOTAL
3
NOW YOU! 8
4
5
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Responde a las siguientes preguntas. 1 Have you got a cheque book? How often do you use it? 2 Have you got a credit card? What do you buy with it? 3 Have you got a debit card? Do you prefer to use a debit card or cash? 4 Have you got a current account and a savings account? 5 Have you got a mortgage or a loan?
73
Money
READING 1
En tu opinión, ¿en cuáles de estas cosas es importante gastar dinero y cuáles son un despilfarro? Completa la tabla. designer sunglasses eating out
designer clothes going to the gym
playing golf going on holiday
cigarettes large cars
going to the hairdresser
important to spend money on
2
a waste of money
Haz una lectura rápida de los textos y luego relaciónalos con las fotos.
81
a
b
Finn
3
c
R io
Norman
1
2
3
I’m married and I’ve got three children. My wife’s name is Naomi, but I suppose my first love is my car. I spend all my free time in the garage working on my car. It’s a Mini, but I make changes to it all the time. It’s got new wheels, new seats, and a new music system. I’m a taxi driver. I work at night and then in the day, I work on my car or drive around. I save up to buy new things for my car. Naomi thinks it’s a waste to spend money on a car, but she enjoys going out and she always buys lots of things for the children. I think she wastes money too.
I’m a nurse and I think that being fit and healthy is very important. My mum thinks I waste all my money but I don’t think that staying fit is a waste of money. I go to the gym every day and I also play tennis and golf every week. I am a member of a health club, a golf club and a tennis club. I love travelling and I go on holiday every year. I usually go to Florida to play golf. The problem is that nurses don’t earn a lot and I never save any money.
I am a businessman and my business is fashion. I sell clothes and for my job, it’s important to wear designer clothes. I buy clothes from all over the world – New York, Paris, London, Milan. My girlfriend, Rachel, is a model. I buy all her clothes. We both love going out to restaurants and clubs. I also go to the hairdresser every week. Rachel and I both smoke and I know that cigarettes are expensive but I can’t stop smoking. I think I have a great life. My friends think I waste money, but I don’t agree. I earn a lot of money and I spend it. Simple!
¿En qué se gastan el dinero? Señala las casillas correspondientes. Norman
Finn
4
Completa con Norman , Finn o o Rio . earns a lot of money. 1 Rio earns 2 ……… is married. 3 ……… has got a healthy lifestyle. 4 ……… thinks fashion is important. 5 ……… thinks going out is a waste of money. m oney. 6 ……… saves money.
Rio
car cigarettes clothes 5
travel going to the gym eating out
74
Completa las frases con palabras del texto. 1 Norman works as a …… to earn money. 2 Norman saves …… to buy things for his car. 3 Finn goes to the gym to stay …… . 4 Finn is a member of a health …… . 5 Rio’s girlfriend works as a …… . 6 Cigarettes are …… .
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT
LANGUAGE STUDY 1 82
2 83
Usamos el pronombre interrogativo whose para preguntar sobre el poseedor de algo. credit card is this? Se puede decir: Whose credit is this credit card? o Whose is La respuesta puede ser: It’s Jack’s o o It’s Jack’s credit card .
Escucha distintas maneras de decir yes . Después, escucha y repite. 1 Yes. (polite) 2 Yes. (not polite)
(enthusiastic) stic) 3 Yes. (enthusia ( not enthusiasti en thusiastic) c) 4 Yes. (not
Whose are ' Whose are these passports? ' 'They’re Mr and Mrs Smith’s .' .' Whose cash ' Whose cash is this?' ' .' 'It’s Janet’s .'
Ahora, escucha las siguientes palabras y clasifica a los hablantes. ¿Son corteses o descorteses? Después escucha y repite. 1
2
3
4
5
A las preguntas con whose también se whose también puede responder usando un adjetivo posesivo (my / your / his / her / its / our / their my / your / his / her / its / our / their)) y repitiendo el sustantivo.
6
polite
her ticket .' 'Whose ticket is this?' ' .' 'It’s her 'Whose are these cigarettes?' ' 'They aren’t my cigarettes .'
not polite Ahora, escucha y determina si se muestran entusiastas o indiferentes. Después escucha y repite. 1 2 3 4 5 6
whose también Además, las preguntas con whose también se pueden contestar usando un pronombre yours / his / hers / its / ours / posesivo (mine (mine / / yours / his / hers / its / ours / ). Usamos el pronombre posesivo para theirs). theirs evitar la repetición del sustantivo.
enthusiastic unenthusiastic
Whose credit cards are these? They’ They’re re ours . Whose is that magazine? magazine? It It isn’t mine . I think it’s hers .
Para marcar la intensidad de los adjetivos, podemos acompañarlos de estas palabras: +
very
-
rather
6
Elige la opción correcta. boo ks are her / / hers . 1 Those books magazi ne is their / / theirs . 2 That magazine / ours tickets. tickets. 3 These are our / / yours newspaper? newspaper? 4 Is that your / / mine cigarettes? cigarettes? 5 Would you like one of my / dri nks are a re her / / hers . 6 These drinks
7
Fíjate en las imágenes. Escribe preguntas y respuestas.
not very
An apartment in Paris is very expensive. expensive. This dress is rather expensive. expensive. It’s not very expensive. expensive. 3 84
4 84
5
Escucha las entrevistas. Completa lo que dicen usando very , rather y y not very . 1 Josie thinks that eating in restaurants is … expensive. 2 Carol’s hairdresser is … handsome. 3 Mike’s job is … boring. 4 Mike’s manager is … intelligent. 5 Paul’s girlfriend’s father is … rich and … generous. 1 Why does Josie eat in restaurants? 2 Why does Carol go to the hairdresser’s every week? Where re does Mike work? 3 Whe 4 Has Paul got a mortgage? Why? / Why not?
Paul
2
me
Responde a estas preguntas. Usa very , rather y not very .
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Janet
1
Escucha de nuevo y responde a las preguntas.
1 Is your job interesting? Yes, I’m a taxi driver — my job is rather interesting. 2 Are you hungry? 3 Are holidays important to you? 4 Are people in your town friendly? 5 Are the students in your class happy? 6 Is going to the hairdresser’s expensive?
7
3
4
5
1 'Whose is this credit card?' 'It’s Janet’s.' 8
En clase, coloca objetos en una mesa y, por turnos, haz y responde preguntas. Whose are these keys? They´re Maria´s. They They are Maria´s keys.
They’re mine. They’re my keys.
75
Money
CONSOLIDATION 1
Lee rápidamente el artículo y relaciona los títulos con las cartas A–C. 1 Buying a house
2 An angry husband
3 Obsession with shoes
Money talks! Tanya Gelder answers your money management questions. A Dear Tanya, I’ve never got any money. I work as a secretary. I enjoy eating out, going to clubs and I love buying clothes. Also, I’ve got 128 pairs of shoes. I don’t look at my bank account because it’s always bad news! Help me please! Hadley (aged 28) Hadley, take control of your finances. Check your bank account. It’s important to see how much you spend on clothes and shoes. 128 pairs of shoes! That’ That’s s very silly! Sell some, give gi ve some to friends and don’t buy more shoes! How often do you go out? Decide to go out once or twice a week and stay at home the rest of the time. B Dear Tanya, I want to buy a house but I don’t have a lot of money money.. Ashton (aged 18) Ashton, I think buying a house is a good idea. However, you’re you’re very young. Have you got a job? Can your family give gi ve you money? When people buy a house, they get a mortgag mortgage e from the bank. Talk to your bank manager. C Dear Tanya, I drink, I smoke, I eat out, I travel by taxi and I go on holiday six times every year. My husband is angry because he thinks I waste all his money. What do you think? Paula (aged 42) Is your husband a millionaire? Think carefully. Stop drinking and smoking, and use some of the money to join a health club. Walk more and only take three or four holidays every year. Talk to your husband and ask him what he thinks about my plan, but stop spending all his money!
2
3
76
Vuelve a leer el artículo e indica si las siguientes Vuelve frases son verdaderas (3) o falsas ( 7). Corrige las falsas. 1 Hadley always checks her bank account. 2 Hadley needs to buy more shoes. 3 Ashton is thinking about buying a house. 4 Tanya thinks that Ashton should talk to his family for advice. 5 Paula’s lifestyle is very healthy. 6 Tanya thinks it’s important for Paula to speak to her husband. Fíjate en la respuesta que Tanya da a Ashton (carta B) y encuentra ejemplos de… a una opinión b una pregunta c una instrucción
4
Ahora lee otra de las cartas dirigidas a Tanya y escribe su respuesta. Incluye una opinión, una pregunta y una instrucción.
Money talks! Tanya Gelder answers your money management questions A Dear Tanya, I’ve got a lot of money. I’m a lottery winner! My friends aren’t very rich. I want to go out seven days a week, but my friends only want to go out on Friday and Saturday. I can give them money, but is this a good idea? What What do you think? Martin (aged 34) .
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT 5
7
Escucha a tres personas hablando de sus gastos e ingresos y completa la información que falta.
85
1 Max Job: Police officer Earns: (1) …… pounds per year Hobbies: (2) ……, meeting friends, going to bars Saves: less than (3) …… pounds per month
2 Carrie Job: IT Designer Earns: (4) …… pounds per year Hobbies: Gardening, (5) …… Saves: (6) …… per month
3 Antoine Job: Actor Earns: (7) …… per month Hobbies: Going to the (8) …… Saves: (9) …… pounds per month
6
Vuelve a escuchar a Max, Antoine y Carrie hablando de dinero y elige la opción correcta.
85
1 Max has got …
a a mortgage.
b a bar.
c an easy job.
2 Max likes going out because …
a he’s got a mortgage.
b his job is difficult.
c he doesn’t work very much.
3 Carrie earns …
a a lot of money.
b a regular salary.
c no money.
b her
c gardening.
4 Carrie spends a lot of money on … a the mortgage. 5 Antoine’s salary is … 6 Antoine spends money on …
7
daughter. a the same every month. b very good. a his family. b the rent.
c his friends.
Haz y responde preguntas sobre los objetos que pertenecen a Antoine, Carrie y Max. 1
2
theatre ticket
tennis racket
3
4
fishing rod
Whose is this theatre ticket?
8
c different each month.
5
computer
hat
It’s Antoine’s.
Piensa en una persona famosa o en alguien a quien conozcas. Imagina que eres esa persona y completa la tabla. Job Salary What do you spend money on? How much do you save per month? Why are you saving?
Haz y responde preguntas con un compañero. ¿Es capaz tu compañero de adivinar quién eres?
THAT’S ENGLISH!
77
SELF TEST 1
UNIT
Elige la respuesta correcta.
3
1 In Canada you pay for things with … a pounds. b euros. c dollars. 2 If you don’t have cash, you can pay with a … a credit card. b savings account. c loan. 3 A loan to buy a house is a … a debit card. b cheque book. c mortgage. 4 To waste money means to … a save money. b spend money carefully. c buy things that are unnecessary. 5 A budget means … a a salary. b a plan of what you spend. c a bank account. 6 You can invest money in … a food. b property. c cash. 7 At a cashpoint you can … a change money. b speak to a bank manager. c take out money. 8 Your earnings means … a your job. b your salary. c your savings. 2
Completa los diálogos con
to +
a They’re mine. I need them to buy a newspaper. b It’s Jason’s. But you can read it. c They’re ours. Look, our tickets are 4a and 4b. d They’re Michelle’s. She only smokes when she’s out with friends. e It’s hers. She needs it to change money. f It’s his daughter’s. She talks to her boyfriend all the time! 4 86
5
Piensa en respuestas para estas preguntas. 1 How much money do you earn? 2 What do you spend your money on? 3 Do you have your own house? How do you pay for it? 4 Do think you waste your money? What do you waste it on? 5 What is important to you: holidays, technology or clothes? 6 Do you spend a lot of money on travelling?
3 A: Why is she going to the cashpoint? B: She …… (take money out).
Learning tip
Escucha estas frases y elige los números correctos. Después, pronúncialos y escucha otra vez para comprobar tu pronunciación. 1 I’ve got 2,860 / 2,816 pounds in my bank account. 2 That house costs 1,590,000 / 1,519,000 pounds. 3 I want 327 / 237 pounds to buy some new golf clubs. 4 Do you really spend 450 / 415 pounds a month at the hairdresser´s? That’s rather a lot! 5 I don’t think 184 / 118 pounds is very expensive for dinner. There are six of us! 6 90 / 19 pounds! That’s a very expensive bottle of wine.
2 A: Why are they starting work early? B: They …… (finish an important project).
4 A: Why is he calling the bank manager? B: He …… (ask for a loan).
Relaciona estas preguntas con las respuestas. 1 Whose are these cigarettes? 2 Whose is this newspaper? 3 Whose are these coins? 4 Whose mobile phone is this? 5 Whose seats are these? 6 Whose is this passport?
infinitivo.
1 A: Why are you running? B: I …… (catch a train).
7
6
Ahora escucha las preguntas anteriores y respóndelas.
87
Dedica una libreta a la gramática. Cada vez que termines un tema de That's English! , anota en ella los nuevos aspectos gramaticales estudiados y, cuando aparezca un buen ejemplo de ese aspecto gramatical -una frase que lees o que oyes-, trasládala por escrito a la libreta. Repásala siempre que puedas. More practice: Vocabulary: Money (page 38) Grammar: To + infinitive, Possessive pronouns / Whose (page 74)
78
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT
Who does what at home
8
S O V I T E J B O
· Escribir una lista de tareas domésticas para la semana · Pedir a alguien que haga algo · Decir a alguien lo que tiene que hacer
A You don´t have to do the hoovering BEFORE YOU WATCH 1
Señala las tareas que suelen realizar las personas encargadas de la limpieza en los hoteles.
1
do the dusting
6
5
2
3
4
do the cooking
make the beds
do the ironing
7
clean the bathroom answer the phone
tidy up
WHILE YOU WATCH 2
Responde a las preguntas. 1 Who does the housework: the man, the woman or the man and the woman? 2 Who tidies the room?
AFTER YOU WATCH 3
¿Qué tareas tienen que hacer? Escribe M (man) o W (woman) junto a la imagen correspondiente. 1
2
3
do the load the hoovering dishwasher 4
5
6
water the plants
walk the dog
feed the cat
Elige la respuesta correcta. 1 It is / isn´t Tamsin´s job to clean the rooms. 2 The guests want / don´t want to tidy up the room. 3 The guests like / don´t like the hotel.
5
do the ironing
4
4 The manager calls the police / a cleaner . 5 Help doesn´t arrive / arrives immediately.
Completa las frases con los nombres que correspondan: 1 ... helps Colin to make a plan. 2 The guests help ... to tidy up. 3 ... helps the man to make the beds.
Anna o Tamsin .
4 ... helps Colin. 5 ... wants to have lunch with the guests. 6 ... has to water the plants.
NOW YOU! 6
Responde a las preguntas. 1 What jobs do you do in the house?
2 How often do you do housework?
I never clean the bathroom. I usually do the ironing at t he weekend.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
79
Who does what at home
READING 1
Relaciona las frases con las imágenes a–e. 1 put the rubbish out 2 do the cooking a
2
3 do the washing-up 4 clean the floor b
5 share the housework
c
d
e
Lee el texto sobre Sue y Ross e indica cuál de los dos hace más tareas domésticas.
88
Ross My wife and I share the housework. It’s about fifty-fifty. When one of us cooks, the other does the washing-up. Sue is a good cook, so she does the cooking. But she hates doing the washing-up, so I usually do it. With the cleaning, I sometimes do the hoovering and put the rubbish out. Oh, and I feed the cat and walk the dog every day before dinner. Sue cleans the floors, makes the beds and does the dusting. We both do the washing and the ironing. cook: cocinero/a Sue make a mess: mancharlo todo We both work but when we’re at home, I do the housework and Ross reads or listens to music. He thinks we share the housework, but we don’t. On weekdays, I usually cook our dinner from Monday to Thursday and he cooks on Fridays, but he always makes a mess. I hate cleaning the kitchen after he cooks. When I cook, he offers to do the washing-up but then he doesn’t do it; there’s usually a TV programme he wants to watch. Anyway, I do the washing-up. And then I put the rubbish out. He usually sleeps on the sofa in front of the TV and so he doesn’t see. After that, I do the ironing. Then I go to the living room and watch some TV. Ross is sleeping! At weekends, when Ross is out wit h his friends, I usually do the hoovering, the dusting, make the beds and do the washing. What does Ross do? Well, every evening, he feeds the cat and then he walks the dog – to the pub! That’s all.
3
¿Quién hace qué? Completa las frases con 1 … usually makes the beds. 2 … walks the dog.
4
Ross o Sue .
3 … usually does the cooking. 4 … usually does the hoovering.
Señala si las siguientes frases son verdaderas ( 3) o falsas ( 7). Corrige las falsas. 1 Sue and Ross share the housework equally. 2 Sue is a good cook. 3 Sue hates cleaning after Ross cooks. 4 Ross always does the washing-up after Sue cooks.
5
80
5 … sleeps in front of the TV. 6 … feeds the cat.
5 Sue does the washing in the evenings. 6 Ross helps Sue with the housework on Saturdays and Sundays.
Tacha las expresiones que no van con el verbo. Después, comprueba en el texto. 1 walk to the pub / in the car / the dog 3 clean the kitchen / the floors / the cat 2 do the beds / the dusting / the ironing 4 make the washing-up / a mess / the beds
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT
LANGUAGE STUDY 1
Escucha el sonido /e/ en las siguientes palabras.
89
pen
bread
left
yes
Cuando queremos expresar que no hay obligación de hacer algo, usamos don’t have to. You don’t have to clean it up . The cleaner can do it . He’s a teacher . He doesn’t have to wear a school uniform . The children don’t have to do the shopping . Their parents do it .
very
Ahora, escucha y repite. 2
Escucha el sonido /:/ en las siguientes palabras.
90
girl shirt earn word work nurse church Ahora, escucha y repite.
3 91
Escribe frases con doesn’t / don’t have to .
5
1 We / go …… to work tomorrow. It’s a holiday. 2 John / wear …… a uniform in his job. He can wear jeans if he wants to. 3 Helen / pay …… for her lessons. They’re free. 4 My parents / work …… . They’re both 72.
Escucha y clasifica las siguientes palabras según el sonido de las letras que aparecen en rojo. ¿Es el sonido /e/ o /:/? ahead America help ten thirsty Thursday
German cheque turn world very
Completa las frases con has / have to o don't / doesn't have to junto con un verbo del recuadro.
6
Cuando queremos expresar la obligación de hacer algo, usamos have to. I have to make a phone call . She has to take her maths exams again . We have to put the rubbish out and make the beds . Do we have to go now? Does she have to water the plants? Do I have to do the washing-up? Do we have to clean the bathroom . 4
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
Completa el diálogo usando las formas afirmativa e interrogativa de have to . 7
8
take put pay be make wear do share A: you / wear (1) …… a uniform at school? B: Yes! Our school is very strict. We / wear (2) …… our uniforms all the time. What about you? A: We can wear the clothes we want. And you / do (3) …… your homework? B: Of course. We / stay (4) …… at school for not doing our homework. One girl / stay (5) …… at school today until 6:30. A: (6) …… she / do extra school work? B: Yes. It’s not very nice. She / write (7) …… three compositions. Yuk!
THAT’S ENGLISH!
1 They …… quiet. They are in a library. 2 You …… . It’s free. 3 The rubbish day is Monday morning. He …… the rubbish out on Sunday evenings. 4 We …… the washing-up. There’s a dishwasher. 5 My parents go out to work every day. They …… the housework. 6 Have you got some paper and a pen? We …… a plan! 7 It’s Saturday. She …… the children to school. 8 You …… formal clothes. It isn’t an expensive restaurant.
81
UNIT
A
9
Past events S O V I T E J B O
Let’s dance
BEFORE YOU WATCH 1
· Hablar de cuando eras niño · Escribir sobre un hecho pasado
AFTER YOU WATCH
Relaciona las imágenes con las palabras. 1 school play 2 prize
a
3 rubbish 4 make-up b
4
5 pencil case 6 sweets
¿Quién dice qué? Relaciona las frases con los personajes.
c
Mr Cheeseman
d
e
f
Completa las frases con el nombre de las asignaturas. maths PE art drama
music cookery
WHILE YOU WATCH Responde a las preguntas.
Señala las frases verdaderas sobre Jack. 1 He had a lot of girlfriends at school. 2 He met his first girlfriend in 1989. 3 He won the school prize for maths. 4 He was the school sports champion. 5 He was at school with Tamsin. 6 He broke Ron’s pencil box.
science drawing
1 … is my favourite subject – I love numbers. 2 I think … is difficult, but I like doing experiments in the laboratory. 3 I love pop, but I don’t like studying … at school. 4 I’m bad at … . My pictures are always bad. 5 I’m good at … . I love going to the gym. 6 I think … is difficult because you have to remember the names of artists and their paintings. 7 I like … . I love Shakespeare and Lope de Vega! 8 I think ... is easy and I like cooking.
3
NOW YOU! 6
¿Qué piensas de las siguientes asignaturas? Opina sobre ellas usando los siguientes adjetivos. interesting easy 1 art 2 maths
1 What are they planning?
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Anna
1 My science teacher was called Miss Anderson. 2 I had a great science teacher too. 3 Music was my favourite subject. 4 I played a lot of sports at school. 5 I enjoyed writing and drawing. 6 When I was at school I loved dancing. 5
2
Eric
2 Name the sports Hannah did at school.
difficult boring fun exciting
3 English 4 PE
5 science 6 cookery
I love art. It’s really interesting. I love going to art galleries. I hate PE. It’s boring and I don’t like sport.
89
Past events
READING 1
Observa estas fotos. Son personajes famosos cuando eran pequeños. ¿Los reconoces? a
2 99
b
c
Lee las descripciones de algunos personajes famosos cuando eran pequeños e indica cuáles se relacionan con las imágenes de la actividad 1. Luego responde a las siguientes preguntas. 1 Who didn’t have any brothers or sisters?
2 Who was the first child in their family?
1 Jay-Z was the last child in a family of four. His father left home when Jay-Z was just eleven years old. His teenage years were not easy because there was a lot of violence and crime in our district. But then he was interested in music and his life changed. ( A)…... . Florence Gaynor (neighbour) 2 Reginald was the only child of Stan and Shelia Dwight. He played the piano very well when he was very young. (B) …... . Music was in his blood: his parents were musicians. They divorced when he was fifteen and he stayed with his mother. He changed his name to Elton John when he was twenty-seven. Edward Wright (neighbour) 3 Jo always wanted to be a writer. She loved to read her stories to her little sister, Di. Because she writes with the name J.K. Rowling, people think her middle name is Katherine, or Kathleen. But it isn’t. (C) …... . Her manager thought that using initials was more mysterious. Sian Howard (family friend) 4 Madonna was a quiet, hard-working girl. Her nickname was ‘Little Nonni’, because her mother’s name was ‘Nonni’. When she was five, her mother died. She was the middle child, but she was a ‘mother’ to her brothers and sisters. (D) …... . All the children were really unhappy about that. Tony Devereaux (family friend) 5 When she was a child, Lady Gaga had a different name. Her name was Stefania Gabrielle Germanotta but I called her Stefi. (E) …... . And she loved singing and dancing. I never met her little sister, Natalie. She was born later. Tom Byck (friend) 3
En cada uno de los textos de la actividad 2 falta una frase. Relaciona las frases siguientes con los espacios A–E de los textos anteriores. 1 I remember she was really good at the piano – she played well when she was four years old. 2 He married the singer Beyoncé a few years ago. 3 Then, when she was eight, her father married again. 4 And he won a place at the Royal Academy of Music. 5 She doesn’t have a middle name.
4
90
¿Qué titular resume mejor la vida de cada persona? Relaciona estos titulares con los textos de la actividad 2. 1 A childhood with tragedy and a lot of responsibilities 2 The son of musicians 3 A storyteller 4 A talented musician – she changed her name 5 Music changed his life
5
Elige la definición que mejor describe la expresión en negrita.
was an only child. a His parents were musicians. b He lived alone. c He had no brothers or sisters. 2 Music was in his blood. a He hated music but he was good at it. b He was good at music because people in his family were also musicians. c He played the piano well. 3 He won a place at the Royal Academy of Music. a He went to study there. b He won a piano competition there. c He played the piano there. 4 Her nickname was ‘Little Nonni’. a Unfriendly people called her ‘Little Nonni’. b Her friends and family called her ‘Little Nonni’. c Her formal name was ‘Little Nonni’. 1 Reginald
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT
9
LANGUAGE STUDY El past simple de to be es was / were.
1
I was good at maths. He / She was a great dancer. There was a party yesterday. You were at the party. They were at school together. There were lots of people at the party.
Completa la biografía de Anna con was o were .
I (1) … born in Dublin in 1991. I (2) … the first child of Michael and Valerie Love. My parents (3) … art teachers. I have a little sister. My sister and I (4) … in the same school. There ... (5) lots of books in our classroom. Our father (6) … a teacher at the school. My dad's classes (7) … interesting and my classmates (8) … happy with them, too. We (9) … a happy family and we still are! El past simple de los verbos regulares Para construir el tiempo pasado de la mayoría de los verbos regulares, se añade -ed al infinitivo: work › work ed enjoy › enjoy ed want › want ed play › play ed Se usa la misma forma para todas las personas. I discovered some old books. We worked really hard. He liked maths. Reglas de ortografía Para los verbos que terminan en -e, se añade solamente -d: live › live d Para los verbos que terminan en vocal tónica seguida de una consonante, se duplica la consonante y se añade -ed: stop › stop ped En los verbos que terminan en consonante + -y, la terminación se transforma en -ied: study › stud ied
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Completa las frases con el past simple de los verbos entre paréntesis. 1 They … (marry) in April 2011. 2 He … (plan) to see Lisa when she came to town. 3 She … (work) for a large bank in Zurich. 4 We … (arrive) early so we walked around the city. 5 We … (stay) at home all day. 6 I ... (tidy) my room in the morning.
Elige la forma correcta del past simple . 1 Anna was / were in Rome last week. 2 I was / were at the theatre last night. 3 My children was / were at the beach last weekend. 4 We was / were here last summer. 5 You was / were at school until late yesterday. 6 It was / were sunny in London yesterday. 7 There was / were lots of dogs in the garden.
2
3
4
Fíjate en cómo se pronuncia la terminación de la forma de pasado de los siguientes verbos.
100
love › loved play
›
played enjoy
›
enjoyed
like › liked work › worked 101
Ahora, escucha estos verbos que terminan en /t/ y /d/.
want hate decide 5 102
wanted › hated › decided ›
Escucha la forma del past simple de los siguientes verbos y clasifícalos según el sonido de la terminación -ed . 1 change 2 hate 3 watch 4 divorce 5 invest 6 live 7 listen 8 start 9 study 10 end
› › › › › › › › › ›
changed hated watched divorced invested lived listened started studied ended
-ed pronounced /t/ or -ed pronounced / d/: /d/: no extra syllable with an extra syllable change › changed
91
Past events El past simple de los verbos irregulares Algunos verbos tienen una forma irregular en el tiempo pasado: go › went do › did have › had
8 103
a
Los siguientes verbos son irregulares. Relaciona cada infinitivo con su forma correcta del past simple .
e
f
Past simple
had gave was wrote won made told got saw went spoke came met
Vuelve a escuchar y elige las respuestas correctas. 1 Robert and his family lived in a big / small house in the country. 2 Robert started primary / secondary school. 3 Robert went to the small animal farm with his father / mother . 4 He had an accident when he was at school / on his bike . 5 Suzy was the first girl he talked to / kissed .
have get write go see give meet speak tell come win make be
10
¿Qué recuerdos tiene Sue de su infancia? Relaciona las imágenes con las notas de abajo y escribe frases completas. a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
Completa las siguientes historias escribiendo la forma correcta del past simple de los verbos irregulares que figuran entre paréntesis.
‘I remember a terrible day at school. I (1) … (get) to class late. My teacher was angry and I (2) … (go) to see the head teacher.The head teacher (3) … (give) me extra homework. I (4) … (be) in a football team and we (5) … (have) an important game that day. But I stayed at school to do the homework. It was a very bad day!’ ‘I (6) … (meet) my husband at primary school. He was new at the school and he (7) … (come) to our class. At first, he was very quiet, but he (8) … (speak) to me when he (9) … (see) my pencil case. We had the same one! After that, we (10) … (make) friends and got married 20 years later.’ ‘I can remember a great day at school. Our teacher (11) … (tell) us to write a composition about our favourite subject. I (12) … (write) about history. And surprise! My composition (13) … (win) a prize.’
92
d
103
Infinitive
7
c
b
They went out for dinner together. Her class did a school play. We had a party for my birthday. 9
6
Escucha a Robert hablando sobre su infancia. Numera las imágenes en el orden de la h istoria.
1 7 September 1995 / be / my first day at school a — 7 September 1995 was my first day at school 2 We / eat / the sweets 3 I / have / some sweets and some Coke 4 Then / I / see / Mark 5 She / say goodbye 6 We / play / in the class 7 My mother / take me / to school 8 I / be / very sad 9 We / drink / the Coke 10 At four o’clock, I / have / my first boyfriend 11
Recuerda un día alegre y otro triste de tu paso por el colegio. Toma notas y cuéntaselo a un compañero.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT
B
9
Those were the days
BEFORE YOU WATCH
Documentary 1
Relaciona los nombres de los juguetes con la imagen correspondiente.
1 doll
2 doll’s house
a
2
Advert 3 game
b
5
4 teddy bear
1 science 2 history 3 being kind 4 healthy eating
d
c
La época victoriana en Gran Bretaña fue…
6
a in the sixteen hundreds (1600s). b the time when Queen Victoria was queen (1819-1901). c in the 21st century (2000s).
Elige las respuestas correctas.
2 The dolls in the museum are … a from different countries. b very beautiful. c important for adults.
Traditional Britain/Modern Britain 7
4 Daphne loves her job because she loves seeing …
a the parents. b the children. c different hairstyles.
Same language, different lives 1
Relaciona a cada persona con un recuerdo de la infancia. 2
3
4
5
a playing sport with his / her dad b a teddy bear c Disneyland, Paris d his / her grandmother e a family trip to Victoria f playing sport with friends g going on a picnic
THAT’S ENGLISH!
6
7
…… …… …… …… …… …… ……
Señala si las siguientes frases son verdaderas ( 3) o falsas ( 7). Corrige las falsas. 1 40 years ago, the rules for school uniform were very strict. 2 Today, about 7 per cent of students go to university. 3 Children don’t do much exercise today. 4 In the 1970s, children went to school by car. 5 Today, children watch TV in the evenings. 6 Being fat is a serious problem for today’s students. 7 40 years ago, students ate a lot of fast food.
3 Yesterday, Daphne showed the dolls to some children at … a a local school. b an office. c a local hospital.
4
science prizes five head teacher football
1 Today, the … of St Martin’s is giving … to the students. 2 Johnny won an international competition for … . 3 Last year, Clare got up at … o’clock every morning. 4 Clare helped students with … . 5 Josh won a prize for playing … and Sarah won a prize for playing … .
Documentary 1 The toys at the museum are … a from old and modern times. b all very old. c only from the Victorian era.
5 cookery 6 art 7 playing sport
Completa las frases con las palabras del recuadro. maths hockey
AFTER YOU WATCH
3
¿Qué aprenden los alumnos de St Martin’s School? Señala las materias que se mencionan en el anuncio.
NOW YOU! 8
¿Cómo era tu instituto? Señala las frases que sean ciertas para ti. The rules were strict. We wore a school uniform. We wore our own clothes. We played football. We walked to school. We had lunch at school. The food at school was delicious.
93
Past events
READING 1
¿Consideras que la vida de los niños de hoy es muy distinta a la de tu infancia?
2
Lee el siguiente artículo sobre la época en que Holly y su abuela Gwyn iban al colegio. Observa las fotos a-d y señala cuáles corresponden a la época de Holly y cuáles a la de Gwyn.
104
DIFFERENT GENERATIONS
a
I went to a private school for girls. It was a good school. The teachers were strict and they were often angry. We studied hard and did lots of homework. We wore a school uniform: a blue jacket, a white blouse and a black skirt – never trousers! We walked to school and we did PE every day. We were very healthy. My favourite subject at school was Latin. When I was thirteen, I won a school prize for Latin. They gave me a book with a special message in it. I loved school. Some students finished school when they were fourteen and started work. Some students went to university. I finished when I was sixteen and started work in a shop. There is a school reunion every year. I went in 2010 and met some old friends. Gwyn Turner I started secondary school on September 12th, my birthday. It was a state school for boys and girls. The teachers weren’t very strict, and they were always friendly and kind. Also, there was no uniform. I loved wearing my own clothes to school; I always wore trousers or jeans! I went to school by bus. Sometimes my father drove me to school by car. My favourite subjects were art and English. We did PE once a week, but I hated it. I stayed at school until I was eighteen and then I went t o university. A lot of my friends went to university. I left school in 2010. I’m a journalist now and I love my job. I went back to a school reunion last year. It was really good. Holly Turner 3
Elige la respuesta correcta. 1 Gwyn / Holly went to a state school. 2 Gwyn’s / Holly’s teachers were strict. 3 Gwyn / Holly wore trousers to school. 4 Gwyn’s / Holly’s favourite subject was art. 5 Gwyn / Holly loved PE. 6 Gwyn / Holly finished school when she was sixteen.
94
4
b
c
d
reunion: reencuentro
¿Qué diferencias había entre los años de colegio de Gwyn y Holly? Responde a las preguntas. 1 How often did they do PE? Gwyn did PE every day. Holly did PE every week. 2 How did they go to school? 3 What were their favourite subjects? 4 What did they wear? 5 At what age did they finish school? 6 What did they do after school?
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT
9
LANGUAGE STUDY Para referirnos a momentos en el tiempo, usamos: on + días, fechas: We went out for dinner on 16th July . It’s my birthday on Monday .
in + meses, años, estaciones: I broke my leg in 1993 . The students go home in June . We usually go on holiday in summer .
Para hablar de momentos pasados, usamos: yesterday o yesterday + evening, morning, afternoon:
Yesterday I went to the office and today I am working at home. Yesterday evening I met my friends and we went to the cinema.
2
Robert and Suzy met in hospital seven years (1) … . They stayed together when they finished school (2) … 2009. (3) … year they decided to marry. But (4) … spring their plans changed. Suzy went on holiday to America (5) … March. At the hotel, she made friends with the waiter, Tom. After that, Suzy stopped seeing Robert and (6) … month, she went back to America. Suzy andTom married two weeks (7) … , (8) … June 19th. 3 105
last year in 2001 last month in February in 1993 last week
4
Last week I visited my sister. We watched a film on TV last night . Last year we went to Paris Disneyland.
Clasifica las expresiones de tiempo en la columna adecuada. Después, elige la mejor expresión para cada frase.
in
106
year 6
ago
1 I was busy … . I worked until 10 p.m. from Monday to Friday. 2 Her birthday is … . It’s very near Christmas! 3 ‘What year did you go to Australia?’ ‘We went to Australia … . ‘ 4 ‘He was here all morning, but he left … . Please call back later this afternoon.’ 5 I see my old friend Jane every year … . The exact day is different from year to year. 6 She finished school … when she was 16. Now she’s 26 years old and she’s a bank manager!
THAT’S ENGLISH!
give
meet
take
talk
tell
He (1) … an old school friend at a school reunion.They (2) ... a lot about their school days. They (3) … in the same sports teams. His friend (4) … him a funny story about his pencil case. The friend (5) … the pencil case and (6) … it to his brother! 5
last
Escucha una vez más y completa el resumen. Usa el past simple de los verbos del recuadro. be
We lived there five years ago . It was her birthday ten days ago . They left three hours ago .
on
20 years ago 10 years ago
105
período de tiempo + ago (hace + ...):
10 years 2010 month five minutes December 20th week March
Escucha otra historia y completa las frases con algunas de las expresiones del recuadro.
1 I met an old friend at a school reunion … . 2 We were at school … . 3 We met again … . 4 We talked about something that happened … .
last + night, week, month, year (el/la ... pasado/a):
1
Completa la siguiente historia con on , in , last o ago .
107
7
En inglés las palabras más importantes de una frase se pronuncian con más fuerza. Escucha las frases siguientes y presta atención a cómo se pronuncian las palabras resaltadas. 1 This is my life! 3 I was very quiet. 2 They want a party. 4 I can’t see you. Ahora escucha y subraya las palabras que oigas pronunciadas con más fuerza. 1 I had a prize. 2 The girls loved them. 3 I remember my grandmother. 4 It’s different today. 5They were good for you. ¿Recuerdas la época en que ibas al colegio? Completa las frases. 1 My favourite subjects at school were … . 2 … was my favourite teacher. 3 I won a school prize for … . 4 I visited … on a school excursion. 5 I finished school … . 6 I met my first boyfriend / girlfriend … . ¿Qué significado tienen para ti estas palabras? Cuéntaselo a un compañero. doll’s house crayons teddy bear skateboard sweets prize game
95
Past events
CONSOLIDATION 1 108
Escucha lo que hizo Lucy la semana pasada. Numera las imágenes en el orden en que se produjeron los hechos.
a
b
2 108
3 108
4
c
d
e
f
h
g
Señala si las siguientes frases son verdaderas (3) o falsas ( 7). Escucha y comprueba tus respuestas. 1 Lucy went to work last week. 2 She went to the swimming pool on Monday. 3 She watched a romantic film at the cinema.
4 She had lunch with Fiona on Wednesday. 5 Lucy cooked dinner for her friends. 6 Lucy’s holiday was boring.
Escucha de nuevo y completa las frases. 1 The weather was … last week. 2 Lucy went to a … restaurant with her boyfriend. 3 Lucy bought some … on Tuesday.
4 Lucy ... the house and did some ... . 5 Lucy went to bed at … on Friday.
Fíjate en las imágenes de la actividad 1 y, siguiéndolas en el orden correcto, vuelve a contar lo que hizo Lucy la semana pasada. The weather was good last week. Lucy went to the swimming pool.
5
Lee el blog de Oliver y selecciona la información correcta en la tabla.
Blog
My school trip
I remember a school trip when I was at secondary school. We went to Scotland by bus. I was twelve and it was my first time away from home. We took some clothes, our pencil cases, some sweets and our books, and got on the bus. We went with my geography teacher. I liked geography and he was my favourite teacher. The weather was terrible. It was rainy and snowy. It was the middle of winter. We stayed in a small house at the top of a mountain. It was very cold. We were there for one week. I loved it. We had a brilliant time.
96
AGE
TYPE OF SCHOOL
FAVOURITE TEACHER
DESTINATION
WEATHER
SEASON
ACCOMMODATION
LOCATION
LENGTH
1 day 2 days 1 week 2 weeks 1 month
IMPRESSION
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT 6
9
Piensa en alguno de los viajes que hiciste cuando ibas al colegio. Usa ideas de la tabla de la actividad 5 y escribe la historia de tu viaje.
When I was ... years old, I went to ...
7
Lee el siguiente correo electrónico y selecciona la opción correcta en cada caso.
a It was a school / birthday / anniversary party. b It was Ben’s / Tim’s / my parents’ party. c There were 50 / 100 / 200 people at the party. d There was a DJ / band / singer . e The music was awful / okay / great . f We had a terrible / not bad / very good time.
8
Escribe un mensaje para contar a alguien la fiesta a la que fuiste ayer. Usa las frases de la actividad 7.
9
Piensa en algún acontecimiento de tu época escolar y descríbelo. Puedes inventarte uno. Después, con un compañero, tratad de averiguar si la historia del otro es auténtica. In 2005, I won the school prize for maths.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Really? That´s not true. You hate maths!
97
SELF TEST 1
UNIT
Completa el crucigrama con las asignaturas a las que se refieren estas frases.
4
1 Beethoven wrote nine symphonies. 2 Water evaporates at 100º Celsius. 3 We make the past simple tense with -ed for regular verbs. 4 First, mix some butter and sugar, and then add 3 eggs. 5 x + y = 2.4 ÷ 6 6 The artist Velázquez was born in Seville in 1599.
2 6 1
5
4
2
Escucha una historia y completa las frases.
109
1 The girl usually played with her …… . 2 The name of the …… was Sooty. 3 The boy had a pencil case for his …… . 4 The girl took her brother’s …… . 5 There were …… in their mother’s make-up bag.
3
Completa las frases con el past simple de estos verbos regulares. live play
love watch walk want
marry move
My mum (1) …… Dave when I was eleven. (2) …… my new dad. He was great! He (3) …… games with me every evening. We (4) …… in Manchester for ten years. Then we (5) …… to the country. Mum (6) …… to be near her sister and her children. My cousins and I (7) …… to the village school every day and in the evenings, we all (8) …… TV in my house. It was great to have a big family!
98
Completa la historia con el past simple de los verbos irregulares entre paréntesis. I (1) …… (have) an interesting experience when I (2) …… (be) a lazy, insensitive schoolboy. I (3) …… (write) a letter to a rich aunt and asked her for some money. She (4) …… (read) my letter and (5) …… (send) me a short reply. ‘No!’ she (6) …… (say). The following week, my aunt (7) …… (come) to my school. She (8) …… (take) me out to dinner. I (9) …… (eat) and (10) …… (drink) a lot and then she (11) …… (speak) to me: ‘I’m old and rich, but I’m not stupid. Study hard and you can say the same.’ I never (12) …… (forget) those words.
5
3
9
Piensa en alguien que fuera importante para ti cuando eras pequeño y cuéntaselo a un compañero. Puedes utilizar las preguntas siguientes para guiarte. 1 Who was the person – a family member or a friend? 2 Why was he/she important to you? 3 What can you remember about him/her? My cousin lived in America. She was very beautiful. Her family visited us in the summer holidays. We went shopping together and we talked about clothes and make-up. Later she worked as a model.
Learning tip Para ayudarte a leer en voz alta, prueba la técnica de «shadow reading». Primero, lee el texto al tiempo que escuchas la grabación. Después, baja un poco el volumen y, mientras escuchas la grabación, vuelve a leer el texto, esta vez en voz alta, tratando de imitar la pronunciación y la entonación.
More practice:Vocabulary: School (page 42) Grammar: Be (past) (page 78) Past simple (affirmative) (page 80)
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT
A
10
Twentieth century revisited S O V I T E J B O
What did you do last weekend? 4
BEFORE YOU WATCH 1
· Entender un texto sobre acontecimientos históricos del siglo XX · Intercambiar información sobre el fin de semana pasado
Relaciona algunos acontecimientos ocurridos en el siglo XX con los lugares que aparecen en el mapa.
¿En qué año sucedieron estos acontecimientos? 1 Clive and Jenny went on their first date. 1984 / 1985
2 The Chernobyl power station exploded. 1986 / 1987
Washington
Berlin Paris Barcelona Seville
Chernobyl
3 The Berlin Wall fell. 1988 / 1989
4 Nelson Mandela became President.
Kuwait
1990 / 1994
5 Princess Diana died in a car crash. 1994 / 1997
6 Jenny Hooper got married. 1994 / 1995
Pretoria 5
1 A nuclear explosion 2 The Gulf War 3 Nelson Mandela became president 4 Princess Diana died 5 Martin Luther King said, ‘I have a dream.’ 6 The Wall fell 7 Expo ’92 8 The 1992 Olympics
Relaciona a cada persona con una de las cosas que hizo el pasado fin de semana. 2
1
3
4
5
WHILE YOU WATCH 2
Responde a las preguntas.
a
b
c
d
e
1 Where was 2 Did the receptionist give this person in 1992? Mr Cheeseman this watch?
AFTER YOU WATCH 3
Indica si las siguientes frases sobre Jenny Hooper son verdaderas ( 3) o falsas ( 7). 1 Jenny was at school with Mr Cheeseman. 2 Clive was Jenny’s boyfriend at university. 3 Jenny was in Kuwait during the Gulf War. 4 Jenny got married to Clive. 5 Jenny was happy in London. 6 Jenny was in a car crash in Paris. 7 Jenny gave a talk about her book. 8 Jenny knew all the answers at school.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
NOW YOU! 6
Señala lo que hiciste el pasado fin de semana.
1 sat in a café
5 went out for dinner
2 read a book
6 went to the gym
3 stayed at home
7 visited a family member
4 went to a club
8 gave a talk
99
Twentieth century revisited
READING 1
Ordena cronológicamente estas fotos sobre acontecimientos del siglo XX numerándolas del 1 (la más antigua) al 10.
a
b
c
d
The sinking of the Titanic Earthquake in San Francisco The golden age of Hollywood
f
The tomb of Tutankhamen 2 110
g
Dancing at a disco
h
The war in Vietnam
i
The end of the Cold War
e
The Great Depression
The Model T car
j
World War I
Lee las descripciones de los acontecimientos históricos y relaciónalas con las imágenes de la actividad 1.
1 The twentieth century began with some important events. Albert Einstein wrote his Theory of Relativity, Henry Ford made the Model T car, and they made the first silent movie in Hollywood. 2 But at the beginning of the 20th century there was also tragedy. In 1906, there was a big earthquake in San Francisco and more than 3,000 people died. 3 Many people died when the Titanic crashed into an iceberg and sank in 1912. 4 The First World War started in 1914. People lost their lives and their homes all over Europe. In Russia, there was a revolution. 5 After the terrible events of the First World War, people wanted to forget about war and revolution. In 1922, Howard Carter discovered the tomb of the Egyptian Pharaoh, Tutankhamen. He travelled around America and talked about his work. After that, lots of people became interested in Egypt and Egyptian art. 6 The 1920s was the golden age of Hollywood. People watched Fred Astaire dance with beautiful women, and they met Mickey Mouse for the first time in the film Steamboat Willie in 1928. 7 In 1929, there was an economic crisis with the Great Depression. Lots of people didn’t have jobs and they didn’t have money. Soon after that, Europe was at war again when Hitler came to power in Germany. 8 In the 1950s, there was a different type of war – the Cold War. Relations between the Soviet Union and the USA were very bad. The Americans went to war in Vietnam, and the Soviets controlled many countries in Eastern Europe. 9 In the 1970s, people were worried about the Cold War but they also wanted to enjoy life. People enjoyed pop music and dancing at discos, and people went to watch the first Stars Wars film in 1977. 10 In 1989, President Gorbachev and President Bush ended the Cold War and the Soviet Union and the USA made friends. A year later, the two enemies were allies in the Gulf War against Iraq.
3
Responde a estas preguntas. 1 What did Henry Ford make? 2 Where was there a big earthquake in 1906? 3 What did the Titanic crash into? 4 When did Howard Carter discover the tomb of Tutankhamen?
Vuelve a leer los textos e indica si las siguientes frases son verdaderas (3) o falsas ( 7). Corrige las falsas. 1 Howard Carter found a tomb in America. 2 People enjoyed going to discos in the 1950s. 3 Hitler came to power in the 1930s.
5 Who did people meet for the first time in Steamboat Willie ?
4 The Cold War was between the Soviet Union and Vietnam.
6 What film did people see in 1977?
5 The Soviet Union and the USA were friends at the end of the 20th century.
7 When did the Cold War end? 5
4
Completa las siguientes frases usando palabras de los textos. Escribe una sola palabra por espacio.
1 When President Gorbachev came to … he changed the politics of the Soviet Union. 2 Charlie Chaplin was a famous actor in … movies. 3 In Tokyo, Japan, there was a large … in 1923. Over 100,000 people died in the disaster. 4 When there is an economic … people don’t have jobs or money. 5 I’m … about tomorrow’s exam. I lost my notebook and I didn’t study! 6 Lenin’s … is in Red Square, in the centre of Moscow. People visit it every day.
100
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT
10
LANGUAGE STUDY Escucha las siguientes palabras y fíjate en el sonido de los diptongos.
1
Forma interrogativa del past simple
111
1 / / 2 / a / 3 / i / 4 / e / 5 / /
› › › › ›
To be was / were preceden al sujeto
know phone coat now house town ear beer idea chair bear wear pure tour cure
There is / there are was there … / were there …
Ahora, escucha y repite.
2
1 / / 2 / a / 3 / i / 4 / e / 5 / /
112
› › › › ›
Was there a crisis in Europe in 1921? Were there many students at the concert?
know phone coat home go now house town round out ear beer idea year here chair bear wear hair there pure tour cure
Otros verbos Did + sujeto + infinitivo del verbo
Para formular preguntas con un interrogativo, lo situamos al principio de la oración.
To be Añadid not o n’t a was / were
did you have lunch? Where When did he call? What time did we arrive? What were their names? Who was she? Why was there a war in Europe in 1914?
The earthquake wasn’t in New York . They were not at home .
There is / There are Añadid not o n’t a there was / there were There wasn’t a war in Europe in 1921 . There weren’t any people interested in the story .
Otros verbos Anteponed did not o didn’t al infinitivo del verbo
3
I didn’t like history . She did not stay in England . They didn’t get married .
Las siguientes frases son incorrectas. Corrígelas. 1 The Berlin Wall fell in 1980. The Berlin Wall didn’t fall in 1980. It fell in 1989. In 1906, there was an earthquake in San Diego. The earthquake wasn’t in San Diego, it was in San Francisco. 2 Princess Diana died in a car crash in Rome. 3 Nelson Mandela became the President of Nigeria. 4 There were a lot of discos in the 1920s. 5 The 1950s was the beginning of the golden age of Hollywood. 6 Henry Ford made bicycles. 7 The ‘Great Depression’ was an economic crisis in Europe. 8 The Titanic sank in 1920. 9 There was a lot of interest in Egypt in 1914. 10 The Gulf War started in Turkey.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Did you enjoy school? Did Jenny go to Berlin in 1989?
Interrogativos
Forma negativa del past simple
Was Lisa in London last week? Were your keys in your bag?
4
Escribe preguntas para las siguientes respuestas. Usa el interrogativo que figura entre paréntesis. 1 I went to Rome in the summer holidays. (where) Where did you go in the summer holidays? 2 We saw Richard at the party. (who) 3 Alexander Bell invented the telephone. (what) 4 Nelson Mandela left prison in 1990. (when) 5 I liked history and English at school. (what) 6 The Second World War finished in 1945. (when) 7 They made the first silent movie in Hollywood. (where) 8 Jackie was a good friend. (who) 9 Her surname was Mercer. (what)
101
Twentieth century revisited 5 113
Fíjate en estas imágenes de algunos hechos que se produjeron en el siglo XX. Escucha a dos amigos hablando sobre ello y numera las imágenes en el orden en que se mencionan los acontecimientos. a
7
We went to the British Museum yesterday. We began our tour on the ground floor. (1) …… we looked at the Rosetta Stone. The Egyptians made it 2,000 years ago! (2) …… we saw some art from ancient Greece. There were statues from the Parthenon. It was very interesting. (3) …… that, we went upstairs and saw the clothes of a Japanese samurai. I loved it! (4) …… we spent a long time looking at a very old toy ship. We had a great day and I want to go again.
b
The firs t transatlantic flight
c
The firs t colour TV
d 8
The first transcontinental phone call
e
me f
Ella Fitzgerald´s first recording
Haz una lista con cosas que hiciste el pasado fin de semana. Habla de ello con un compañero empleando conectores que indiquen la secuencia. Toma notas sobre lo que hizo tu compañero.
Vivien Leigh died
1
6
Completa el texto con first , then , after y finally .
my partner
1 cleaned the house
1
2 did the shopping
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
J.F. Kennedy´s assassination
Escribe preguntas completas. Después, escucha y escribe las respuestas.
113
1 Who / Lee Harvey Oswald / assassinate / ? Who did Oswald assassinate? He assassinated J.F. Kennedy. 2 When / Vivien Leigh / die / ? 3 Where / Alexander Bell / make / the first transcontinental phone call / ? 4 What / they / do / in 1919 / ? 5 When / Ella Fitzgerald / make / her first recording / ? 6 What / people / buy / in 1951 / ?
First, I cleaned the house. Then I went out and did t he shopping.
9
Escribe un breve párrafo sobre lo que hizo tu compañero el fin de semana. Usa las notas que tomaste en la actividad 8 y guíate por el texto de la actividad 7.
Usamos conectores como first, then, after that / after + sustantivo, finally para indicar la secuencia de los acontecimientos. Then we visited an art gallery . After that / After lunch , we went to the park . Finally , we arrived home at 6 o’clock .
102
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT
10
B Who discovered penicillin? BEFORE YOU WATCH
Documentary 1
Relaciona los acontecimientos con las fotos. 1 the hippy revolution
2 street parties
a
3 the moon landing
b
4 the millennium celebrations
c
d
AFTER YOU WATCH
Documentary 2
Competition
Elige la respuesta correcta. 1 When did the Second World War end? a July 1945 b June 1945 2 What did the street parties in London celebrate? aThe end of the Second World War bThe hippy revolution 3 Where did Lee Harvey Oswald shoot J.F. Kennedy? a New York b Dallas 4 When did the hippy revolution begin? a In the 1960s b In 1967 5 What happened in 1969? a Neil Armstrong walked on the moon. b It was the summer of love. 6 Where did John Lennon die? a In Central Park b Outside his apartment 7 What did the millennium celebrations celebrate? aThe end of the 20th century bThe end of the war
4
Escucha y completa las frases. 1 Peter is from …… . 2The …… World War started in 1914. 3 Agatha Christie was a …… . 4 Nelson Mandela was in prison for …… years.
Traditional Britain/Modern Britain 5
Responde a estas preguntas. 1 What did the Wright brothers do in 1903? 2 What did John Logie Baird invent? 3 How did Alexander Fleming discover penicillin? 4 Where did Martin Cooper make the first mobile phone call? 5 What did Sir Tim Berners-Lee invent?
Same language, different lives 3
1
¿Quién es su personaje favorito del siglo XX? Relaciona cada persona que habla con el personaje famoso que prefiere. Explica sus motivos cuando sea posible. 2
3
Shannon David
a
b
4
Carl
c
George Princess Nelson Best Diana Mandela
5
Suzanne Sophie
d
e
6
Carl Lee
NOW YOU! 6
¿Cuál es tu personaje preferido del siglo XX? Explica por qué esa persona despierta tu admiración. My favourite 20th century person is Anne Frank. She wrote a diary. Her diary became very famous.
f
Norman President Anne Manley Clinton Frank
1-c He was an inspiration.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
103
Twentieth century revisited
READING 1
Lee los siguientes textos referidos a cuatro personas. Relaciona las biografías 1–4 con las fotos a–d. a
b
1 Emmeline
2
Pankhurst
c
d
in
2 Jonas Salk was born in New York in 1914.
Manchester. In 1903, she started the WSPU
His parents were poor, Jewish, Russian
(Women’s Social and Political Union) with
immigrants. He worked hard at school
her daughter Christabel. People started
and
calling the group ‘the Suffragettes’.
scientist.
3 Amelia Earhart got her pilot’s licence in
4 Albert Einstein was born in Germany in
1923. There were only fifteen female pilots
1879. He was interested in science from an
in the world at that time.
early age.
was
born
college
and
became
a
famous
was born: nació
A continuación se amplía la información de las biografías anteriores. Relaciona los extractos A–H con las biografías 1–4 de la actividad 1.
114
comb: peinar
3
Vuelve a leer el texto y responde a estas preguntas.
1 Why did the Suffragettes protest? 2 How old did men have to be to vote? 3 Was the WSPU successful? 4 Was Jonas Salk from a rich family? 5 Why did people want Salk’s vaccine? 6 What did Amelia Earhart do in 1932? 7 Why did Einstein stay in America? 8 Why do some people think Einstein was eccentric?
104
4
Completa las frases con las siguientes palabras.
body weapons disappeared right vaccine virus 1 Universal suffrage means that men and women have the … to vote. 2 On a solo trip across the Atlantic, the man and his boat … in bad weather.They found his boat, but they didn’t find his … . 3 The flu … kills about 250,000 people every year. They give people over the age of 65 and children a … to protect them from the virus. 4 In the Cold War, the USA and the Soviet Union developed a lot of nuclear … .
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT
10
LANGUAGE STUDY 1 115
2
En inglés, las palabras que empiezan por vocal se enlazan con la consonante final de la palabra anterior. Escucha y repite los siguientes enunciados. big event end of the war summer of love moving images Lee las palabras y señala cuáles están enlazadas. Después, escucha y comprueba tus respuestas.
116
1 a good and happy time 2 the last event 3 a huge inspiration
4 all over the world 5 an intelligent man
Recuerda el uso de las preposiciones in, on, at, con expresiones de tiempo: My birthday is on the 15th of March . Franco died on 20th November, 1975 . I saw them on Monday . I made dinner on Tuesday evening .
Hoy es 31 de diciembre de 1999 y vas a rememorar acontecimientos. Reformula estas frases, usando las palabras entre paréntesis con last , ago o una preposición. 1 Gunter Grass won the Nobel Prize for Literature. (December) Gunter Grass won the Nobel Prize for literature in December . 2 Helen Clark became Prime Minister of New Zealand. (a month) 3 People in Europe and Asia saw a total eclipse of the sun. (11 August 1999) 4 Lance Armstrong won the Tour de France. (six months) 5 World banks started using the euro. (a year) 6 A new airport opened in Hong Kong. (1998) 7 France beat Brazil 3–0 in the World Cup Final. (18 months) 4
5
1 Where did you go last weekend? I went shopping in town. I bought some really nice shoes. 2 … you do on Saturday morning? 3 … you meet last Saturday evening? 4 … you have dinner on Sunday? 5 … you eat for breakfast this morning?
I made dinner in the evening . We met in 2010 . I went to London in October . My parents got married in the 1950s . I go to the beach in summer . Let’s meet at 10 o’clock . I start work at 8 o’clock in the morning . We saw each other at Christmas . We met at Easter . We usually go to the cinema at the weekend . I never study at night . 3
Haz frases en el past simple usando in , on o at .
Here’s what I did last weekend: 1 play tennis / Saturday morning I played tennis on Saturday morning . 2 do some shopping / the afternoon 3 have dinner with a friend / 8:30 p.m. 4 go to the market / Sunday 5 visit my parents / Sunday afternoon 6 call my friend in Australia / the evening 7 go to bed / midnight
6
Meg
Organizamos los correos electrónicos en tres partes. El principio (beginning) para saludar: Dear Jade, How are you? Sorry for not writing before. La sección principal (body) para dar los detalles: I was really busy last week and then I went away at the weekend.
Last week was quiet . (la semana pasada) We went to France last year. (el año pasado)
La conclusión (conclusion) para despedirnos: And you? What did you do? Love …
Usamos ago para indicar el tiempo transcurrido desde que sucedió el acontecimiento pasado.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Lee el siguiente correo electrónico y explica qué hizo Meg el sábado por la noche.
Dear Jade, How are you? Sorry for not writing before. I was really busy last week and then I went away at the weekend. I drove to the New Forest with Ella. We stayed with Ella’s friends in a beautiful house near Lyndhurst. There was a big party in the house on Saturday evening. It was fantastic. I met someone really nice. Sunday was nice and quiet. First, we had breakfast and then we went for a long walk. After that, we had lunch in a really nice pub. Finally, we visited my sister on the way home. And you? What did you do at the weekend? Love,
Usamos last para expresar la unidad de tiempo anterior a la actural.
He was here but he left 15 minutes ago . I lived in Australia ten years ago . (hace 10 años)
Completa las preguntas. Después, escribe tus propias respuestas.
7
Envía un correo electrónico a un amigo para contarle cómo te ha ido este fin de semana.
105
Twentieth century revisited
CONSOLIDATION 1
Relaciona las palabras del recuadro con las imágenes. space
the earth
orbit
the surface of the moon
astronaut
2
3 4 1
5
2
Lee la historia de la carrera espacial. Numera las fotos a–f en el orden en que se mencionan. a
b
Alan Shepard d
c
lunar rocks and soil e
Neil Armstrong
Sputnik 1 f
Yuri Gagarin
Apollo 11 crew
The space race In 1957, the Soviet Union launched Sputnik 1. It was the fir st satellite in space and it orbited the earth for three months. The Americans were surprised. They didn’t know the Soviets were number one in the space race. The Americans wanted to be the fir st to put a man into space. But on 12th April, 1961, Soviet astronaut Yuri Gagarin became the first man in space and the first to orbit the earth. The Americans were number two. Then, on 5th May, an American astronaut, Alan Shepard, went into space, but his flight was only 15 minutes and he didn’t go into orbit. The Americans were still number two. Finally, on 20th July, 1969, the American astronaut Neil Armstrong became the first person to walk on the surface of the moon. The world watched the extraordinary event live on television. Neil Armstrong and his co-pilot, Buzz Aldrin, stayed on the moon fo r two and a half hours. They picked up 22 kilograms of lunar rocks and took incredible photographs of the earth. All the people were happy when the space mission came back to earth. Now America was number one in the space race. This was one of the great events of the century.
106
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT 3
10
Vuelve a leer el texto y señala si las siguientes frases son verdaderas ( 3) o falsas ( 7). Corrige las falsas. 1 The Americans wanted to be the first to launch a satellite into space. 2 The Americans were the first to put a man into space. 3 Yuri Gagarin was the first man in space. 4 Alan Shepard was the first American in space. 5 Armstrong and Aldrin spent twenty days on t he moon. 6 They took a lot of rocks back to earth.
4 117
Escucha lo que dice el profesor Seth di Angelo sobre algunos inventos y descubrimientos del siglo XX. Relaciona las descripciones a–f con los inventos 1–6.
1 antibiotics
2 the Internet
3 nuclear power
4 television
5 the personal computer
6 radio
a ... 5 117
b ...
c ...
d ...
e ...
f ...
Escucha de nuevo y completa las frases. 1 It made cheap and …… energy. 2 Only businesses or …… people bought it. 3 His discovery saved …… of lives. 4 It became our babysitter and teacher, and gave us lots of …… and films. 5 A lot of people heard the …… about the world with this. 6 An event in Australia travels around the world in …… .
6
En parejas o grupos pequeños, comentad la importancia de los seis inventos y descubrimientos de los que ha hablado el profesor Di Angelo y estableced un orden de importancia.
7
Imagina que estamos a fin de año. Escribe un correo electrónico a un amigo o amiga resumiendo tu año. Organiza tu escrito incluyendo conectores que indiquen la secuencia de los acontecimientos ( first , then , etc).
Dear Sarah, How are you? Sorry for not writing before. It was a busy year. First, in January, I got a new job …
THAT’S ENGLISH!
107
SELF TEST 1
Relaciona las siguientes expresiones con sus correspondientes definiciones.
UNIT 4
2
3
5
Escribe preguntas con el past simple . Después, con frases completas, escribe respuestas que sean ciertas para ti. 1 you / enjoy / school / ? Did you enjoy school? Yes, I enjoyed school. 2 where / your family / live / in the 1990s / ? 3 what / your favourite subjects at school / ? 4 good / student / ? 5 you / go / on a school trip / ? 6 who / your favourite teacher / at primary school / ? 7 when / you / go on your first date / ?
Elige las palabras adecuadas. 1 We saw Avatar ago / last week. 2 It was my birthday in / on Friday. 3 I picked him up at / on 8 o’clock last night. 4 We met ten years ago / last . 5 We went to Thailand in / at Christmas. 6 They went to France last / at summer.
Utiliza las expresiones de la actividad 1 para completar estas frases. 1 Astronomer Clyde W. Tombaugh ... Pluto in 1930. 2 People worry about their jobs when there is an … . 3 Romeo and Juliet is a … . 4 Brothers and sisters often fight, but they usually … again. 5 The French … started in 1789. 6 In 2001, the Americans and the British … in Afghanistan.
Escribe preguntas y sus respuestas. 1 What / Marie and Pierre Curie / win / ? What did Pierre and Marie Curie win? They won a Nobel Prize. 2 What / Henry Ford / invent / ? 3 When / they / make the first transatlantic flight / ? 4 Who / Grace Kelly / marry / ? 5 When / Priscilla / leave / Elvis / ? 6 Where / a nuclear power station / explode / in 1986 / ?
1 go to war 2 make friends 3 a tragedy 4 a revolution 5 discover 6 an economic crisis a a bad time for the economy b a very sad event c to start fighting with a country d begin a good relationship e a big change in the political system of a country f find for the first time
10
6
Fíjate en el diagrama de acontecimientos y corrige las frases. Russia
F
Alaska
F
1867
Ray Tomlinson
F
first email
F
1971
Braille
F
Louis Braille
F
1829
Charles Rolls
F
Frederick Royce
F
1904
Uruguay
F
World Cup
F
1940
F
1969
The first moon landing
1 Louis Braille invented Braille in 1969. Louis Braille didn’t invent Braille in 1969. He invented Braille in 1829. 2 The first moon landing was in 1940. 3 Charles Rolls met Louis Braille in 1904. 4 Russia won the first world cup in 1940. 5 Frederick Royce sent the first email in 1971. 6 Uruguay sold Alaska to the US in 1967.
Learning tip Si quieres practicar y mejorar tu nivel de inglés, grábate al hablar y después transcribe lo que has dicho, para analizarlo. Es probable que prefieras emplear un término más apropiado para describir algo, o que quieras revisar alguna estructura. Si pones por escrito lo que has dicho, te será más fácil conseguir ambos objetivos. Después, vuelve a grabar tus palabras con la versión revisada. De ese modo mejorarás tu conocimiento del idioma. More practice:
Vocabulary: Past events (page 44) Grammar: Past simple (negative and interrogative forms), Dates (page 82), Question words (page 84)
108
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT
11 THAT’S ENGLISH!
THAT’S ENGLISH! Revision
THAT’S ENGLISH! THAT’S ENGLISH!
THAT’S ENGLISH!
S O V I T E J B O
· Repasar lo aprendido en el módulo 2 · Prepararte para la prueba de fin de módulo 2
GRAMMAR 1
Elige la respuesta correcta. 1 ‘Why don’t you want to go out?’ ‘ ... it’s snowing.’ a Why b Let’s c Because
4 The Jones’s house is the ... house on the left. a three b third c thirty
2 ‘What would you like for dinner?’ ‘... pasta, please?’ a I’d have b Can I have c Can I like
5 ... to take your keys, darling! a Forget b Remember c Not forget 6 It’s 10,000. It’s ... expensive. a much b a lot c rather
3 The lift is ... there, on the left. a over b turn c on 2 David y Ruth están hablando por teléfono. Completa su 3 conversación. David: (1) … (Would you like / Why don’t we / What about ) to have dinner with me tonight? Ruth: (2) … (What about / I’d love to / Let’s ) but I’m busy. David: (3) … (What would you like / Can I have / How about ) tomorrow night? Ruth: (4) … (Sorry / Good idea / Because ), I’m busy.
7 Do you like this shirt? ... it in Paris. a I buy b I am buying c I bought 8 It’s OK, you ... do the hoovering. I can do it. a have to b don’t have to c wouldn’t 9 We ... to Jamaica on holiday every year. a goes b go c are going
Usa la forma correcta del verbo entre paréntesis para completar la carta de Lorna. Photos of kids in Spain
Hi, Mum and Dad! How (1) … (be) you? I (2) ... (start) my new job in Madrid last week. I love it! The kids (3) ... (enjoy) life at the moment. Mike (4) ... (walk) with them to school every day. Before,
David: (5) … (What about / Why don’t we / I’d like ) have lunch now?
in England, he (5) … (not/see) the children during
Ruth: I’d love to. What about trying that new Chinese restaurant? It (6) … (opens / opening / opened ) last month.
the week. In April, we (6) ... (find) a beautiful flat in
David: Great idea! I (7) … ( eat / am eating / ate ) there last week.
(go) by tube and (8) ... (not/have) to use the car. We
Ruth: Let’s meet there. Where is it exactly?
Opera. It’s 200m from the Metro. We always (7) … (9) ... (have) dinner with the Ruiz family last night. They (10) … (live) in the apartment opposite us.
David: You go down the High Street and then turn (8) … ( ahead / right / over there ) into Potter’s Lane.
Mrs Ruiz (11) … (have) the same birthday as me –
Ruth: Oh, no! I’ve got a meeting at 1 p.m. I can’t have lunch today, it’s (9) … (un / in / im )possible.
Lorna xxx
the 30th November! PS What (12) … (you/think) of these photos?
David: No problem. Well, it’s Monday the first (10) … (November Ahora, completa la respuesta de sus / in November / of November ) today so why don’t we padres. Usa una palabra en cada hueco. meet on Friday (11) … (five / the fifth / fifth)? Ruth: Great – that’s perfect. Did you meet John (12) … ( in / at / on ) Wednesday? David: Yes, we met at the office. (13) … ( First / After that / Next ) we talked about music, (14) … ( before / after / then ) about football and finally about work! We (15) … ( not talked / didn’t talk / didn’t talked ) about the new project, but we had a great idea!
Dad’s photos
Hello, Lorna, The photos are great! Thanks! My favourite photo is the (13) … of you and Mike. (14) ... camera did you use? Was it Mike’s? I hope you like my photos. I took (15) … on holiday (16) … May. I want (17) … buy a new
Ruth: (16) … (Who / Who’s / Whose ) idea was it?
camera soon.
David: Well, it was (17) … (their / your / his ) idea.
(18) ... Barney’s birthday present arrive? We sent
Ruth: Interesting. What (18) … (does John do / does John / is John doing ) at the moment?
(19) … when we were in town (20) ... the 23rd of
David: He (19) …(doesn’t say / not said / didn’t say ), but I think he (20) … (looks / ’s looking / not looking ) for a job.
What’s the weather (22) … now?
THAT’S ENGLISH!
June. That was five days (21) … . Mum and Dad xx
109
Revision VOCABULARY 4
Completa la postal con el antónimo de la palabra entre paréntesis. Dear Mum and Dad, I am staying in a hotel in Edinburgh, Scotland. I like it because it’s (1) (traditional) …… and (2) (dirty) …… . The hotel staff are very (3) (unkind) …… and (4) (lazy) …… . The weather is (5) (cold) …… and (6) (rainy) …… , not typical Scottish weather, I think! The Edinburgh Festival is happening at the moment so the streets are (7) (quiet) …… . There are a lot of people around but it is very (8) (dangerous) .… because there are police officers on every street. Yesterday I met two girls from France, Yvette and Marie. Yvette is (9) (patient) …… , (10) (sociable) …… and a little (11) (honest) …… , I think. But Marie is (12) (unfriendly) …… , so that’s good! Lots of love, Alice
5
Completa las frases con los verbos del recuadro.
have
like
win
book
meet
walk
forget
1 Why don’t we ... at the train station? 2 Let’s ... a surprise party for my sister’s birthday. 3 I’d ... a glass of orange juice, please. 4 I’d love to ... but I’m busy. Sorry! 5 To get to the post office, ... left at the traffic lights. 6 Can I ... a room for the 26th of January, please? 6
be
spend
clean
turn
come
7 The floor is wet so ... careful! 8 Oh no, it’s raining! I can’t ... to work now! 9 Don’t ... to buy a present for your mother. It’s her birthday today. 10 Can you ... the bathroom, please? I did it last week. 11 I can’t believe it, Andy and Mel always ... at tennis. 12 How much money did we ... last night?
Elige la palabra adecuada. 1 Sir Tim Berners-Lee … the World Wide Web in 1990. a invented b voted c cost 2 I used a pencil and a ruler in maths on ... . a Wednesday b July c yesterday 3 Please can you ... the cat? She’s very hungry. a feed b walk c water 4 Can you help me with the ... ? The floor is
really dirty. a cooking b hoovering c shopping 5 It’s three ... two hundred pounds. a millions b cash c thousand
I bought this chicken in the ... next to the newsagent’s. a chemist’s b greengrocer ’s c butcher’s 7 There are a lot of trees in the ... . a lake b forest c river 8 Cantabria is in the … of Spain. a north b centre c east 9 I don’t want to walk; I want to take a taxi. This isn’t a ... part of town. a dangerous b beautiful c safe 10 Why don’t we invite Tracey to our party? She’s very ... . a honest b sensitive c sociable 6
PRONUNCIATION 1
Escucha y agrupa las palabras según el sonido de sus vocales.
118
2
Escucha las siguientes frases y señala qué palabras están enlazadas.
119
1 Is the hotel in the west of London? give //
pen /e/
good //
not //
one / /
eat /i:/
2 Can you ride a bike? 3 That’s an excellent idea! 4 He’s rather unfriendly. 5 I got a DVD and a camera for my birthday.
110
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT
READING COMPREHENSION 1
11
I became a student at university. [ ... ] But I wasn’t happy. I returned to my old school. However, I wasn’t a student, I was a teacher. Teaching’s a great job! [ ... ] I taught there for ten years and then I got the job of school headmistress.
Haz una lectura rápida y luego relaciona los siguientes títulos con los párrafos correspondientes.
a Fenella’s personality b Why Fenella has got a big c Who does what in Fenella’s house house d Fenella’s house e Her children’s personality f Fenella’s husband and her mum
c I met my husband, Luis, in Mexico City. I left school in England five years ago and I travelled around the world for two years. [ ... ] I saw that he had an English book in his hand. I started talking to him and I fell in love with him, just like that! It was Friday afternoon. [ ... ]
1 My name is Fenella. I live in a beautiful, big house, on a quiet street. It is a traditional house with four floors. We have got six bedrooms, three bathrooms and a view of the city. 2 Why do I love it? Well, I’ve got a big house because I have got a
d My wife Beverley had her baby in hospital. We arrived at the hospital at 10 p.m. on April 22nd and my daughter, Anna, arrived at 2 a.m. the next day. I remember that I drove my car home and it was a beautiful morning. [ ... ] It’s only half an hour by car from the hospital and I got home at 6:30 a.m., then slept until 2 p.m. I woke up and collected my new family from the hospital and brought them back to our house at 4 p.m. [ ... ] Everything was different.
husband, two children, a grandmother (who lives with us), a dog and two cats. It’s often very noisy! 3 My husband, Ronnie, is kind, friendly and intelligent. He’s also very hard-working. He’s a teacher. My mother, Wendy, (the children’s grandmother) is wonderful. She’s very patient and generous with our kids. 4 My kids are Ben, aged nine and Olive, aged six. They both like different things. For instance, the weather. Ben loves warm, sunny weather. He just loves to see the sun. Olive is different. She likes the cold. She’s happy when it’s snowing. Ben is adventurous and friendly. Olive is rather shy and sensitive but she’s also very humorous. They are sometimes unkind to each
2
1
3
4
other and Ben can be impatient but they’re kids! 5 And me? I work at home. I think I’m tolerant and loyal but sometimes I’m rather lazy. I can be very unsociable but Ronnie Ariel
has got so many friends that he helps me to be sociable! 6 I don’t like housework but I love cooking. I do the hoovering,
and the ironing and she usually takes the children to school. The kids make the beds. We’re a good team!
Señala si las siguientes frases son verdaderas (3) o falsas ( 7). Corrige las falsas.
1 Fenella lives in a modern house with six bedrooms. 2 Fenella’s house is big because a lot of people and pets live there. 3 Fenella’s mother is called Olive. 4 Ben and Olive are sometimes unkind and impatient. 5 Fenella is a teacher and she’s always very hardworking. 6 Fenella does all the housework. Lee rápidamente los siguientes párrafos y relaciónalos con las fotos. My life a I left home when I was fifteen years old. That’s seventy years ago. I worked in a hotel kitchen. [ ... ] I watched and I learned. On Saturday and Sunday mornings, I went to work at five o’clock. It was hard work and I worked long hours. [ ... ] When I left the hotel, I was the Head Chef. b I went to school in 1962, when I was four years old, and I didn’t leave until I was eighteen. Then
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Michelle
Coloca las siguientes frases en el lugar adecuado de los párrafos de la actividad 3. 1 I studied to be an accountant. 2 I prepared food and I did the washing up. 3 My wife was tired and stayed at the hospital. 4 You have to be patient, tolerant, kind and humorous. 5 One day, I saw a rather handsome man in a bookshop. 6 That day changed my life, but I didn’t understand that at the time. 7 I worked fourteen hours every day. 8 We talked all weekend and we got married on Monday.
washing-up and puts out the rubbish. Grandma does the washing
3
Donald
4
feed the pets and walk the dog. Ronnie does the gardening, the
2
Stan
5
Responde a las siguientes preguntas. 1 What was Stan’s job? a teacher b nurse c chef 2 In 1970, how old was Michelle? a 8 years old b 12 years old c 16 years old 3 What is Ariel’s husband called? a Stan b Luis c Donald 4 What day did Ariel get married? a Monday b Friday c Sunday 5 What time did Donald leave the hospital? a 12:30 p.m. b 4 p.m. c 6 a.m. 6 How many hours was Beverley at the hospital? a 8 b 18 c 4
111
Revision LISTENING COMPREHENSION 8 1
Escucha a cuatro personas dando direcciones y relaciónalas con los lugares por donde pasan.
120
Mark ...
Sidney ...
a
Imogen ...
b
c
d
2
Escucha de nuevo y responde a las siguientes preguntas.
120
1 Where is the cinema? a Next to the bridge.
b Next to the river.
c Next to the theatre.
2 To get to the museum, where do you get off the bus? a At the cafe. b At the statue. 3 Where is the bank? a Near the post office and the museum. c 200m from the post office. 4 How do you get to the ri ver? a Turn right after the statue. 3 121
4
Claire ...
c At the church.
b Near the church and the statue.
b Cycle across the main road.
c Go past the post office.
Escucha a Pam y selecciona los temas de los que habla.
weather
work
family
food
clothes
Escucha de nuevo a Pam, una policía a la que entrevistan sobre su trabajo, y completa las siguientes frases con las palabras o expresiones adecuadas.
121
1 Pam loves …… weather. 2 Pam doesn’t like …… weather because she’s always …… . 3 Last winter, in the north of the city, it …… and it was …… . 4 April was …… but it was …… . 5 May was …… and it …… a lot.
WRITING 1
Te vas de vacaciones y un amigo inglés va a quedarse en tu casa mientras estás fuera. Escribe una nota de un máximo de 80 palabras para tu amigo. Incluye los siguientes datos.
• Some information about the local shops and what they sell • The names of some good restaurants and the food you can eat there 2
Redacta un correo electrónico de un máximo de 80 palabras para un amigo, describiéndole un hotel donde te hayas alojado. Incluye los siguientes datos.
• Hotel name and location • Hotel description • Hotel facilities • Room description
112
• Personality of hotel staff (workers) • Transport you take to travel around the city • Weather
THAT’S ENGLISH!
UNIT
11
ORAL EXPRESSION AND ORAL INTERACTION 8 1
2
Habla durante un minuto sobre alguna ciudad de un país extranjero donde hayas estado. Usa como guía las siguientes preguntas.
• Where is the city?
• Where did you stay?
• What’s the weather usually like?
• What sort of personalities have the people got?
• How did you travel around?
• What did you do when you were there?
• What food did you eat?
• How much money did you spend and what did you buy?
Selecciona A o B y prepara la situación para hablar con un compañero.
A: Quieres ir a Oxford para una reunión de trabajo; en el periódico encuentras el siguiente anuncio y quieres ampliar información sobre el hotel. Llama para informarte.
Oxford’s Famous Tall Trees Hotel
24 rooms Near town centre Some parking Meals available Good prices
Room from the … to the …? (Dates) Double or a single? En suite? (bath / shower?) Prices? (How much?) Parking? Breakfast? (English / Continental) Other meals? Other facilities? (Bar / Gym / Wi-Fi) Convenient for sightseeing?
Example: Where? Walk / Take a bus to city centre? Where is the hotel? Can I walk to the city centre / Can I take a bus?
B: Imagina que tu compañero quiere alojarse en el hotel donde trabajas. Responde a sus preguntas usando la información que encontrarás a continuación. Para algunas preguntas, puedes dar tus propias respuestas. Tall Trees Hotel
24 rooms 1km from Oxford (15 minutes walk / lots of buses) All rooms are double rooms. All rooms are en-suite. Some have got baths and some have got showers. Parking for 6 cars £135 per room per night (5 nights or more £110 per night / No breakfast £100 per night) English and continental breakfast Easy access to London on the bus or train.
Useful phrases:
Can I help you? …, please. I’d like …
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Excuse me, …? …, thank you. I’m sorry, but …
I’m sorry, I’m afraid … Can I have …?
113
Answer key 7 American 8 generous
UNIT 1. FRIENDS Why don´t we organise a party? Activity 1 1 sociable 2 shy 6 rude 7 sensitive
3 hardworking 8 humorous
4
adventurous
5 kind
Activity 4 1 disloyal 5 intolerant
Activity 2 1 Because it’s Clive’s birthday. 2 Some socks and a watch.
2 shy
3 lazy
2 unfriendly 6 unsociable
Activity 5 1 unadventurous 6 tolerant
Activity 3 1 humorous 2 kind 3 sociable 4 friendly Activity 4 1 e 2 c
Activity 3 1 adventurous 6 humorous
4 honest
3 dishonest
2 dishonest
3 sociable
5sensitive
4 unadventurous
4 unfriendly
5 loyal
Activity 6
v
3 d
4 a
Kevin
Charlotte
3
3
3
3
sociable friendly lazy hardworking unkind intelligent adventurous
5 b
Activity 5 Student’s own answers.
3 3 3 3 3
3
READING Activity 1 Student’s own answers.
4
Activity 2 A good friend Activity 3 2 7 Tabitha buys Roland nice presents for his birthday. When she has parties, she always invites him. 3 7 Gina and Debbie are police officers. 43 5 7 Mick and Jim play tennis together. 6 7 Kim hasn’t got many friends. Activity 4 1 She invites Roland to her parties. 2 They talk about their problems. 3 Mick loves sport. 4 Because she always meets lots of people. Activity 5 2 sociable
3 kind
4 tolerant
5 loyal
Activity 7 Student’s own answers. 6 unfriendly/shy 7 nice
LANGUAGE STUDY Activity 1 2
1 patient Activity 2 1 officer 2 afternoon 3 cinema 4 idea 5 dinner 6 computer 7 American 8 generous 3
1 officer 2 afternoon 3 cinema 4 idea 5 dinner 6 computer
114
2 sociable
Man:Look, there’s Kevin and Charlotte. They’re always in this café! Woman: I know. I like Kevin and Charlotte. Charlotte talks a lot – she’s very sociable. And they’re both friendly. Man:Sociable … and friendly? I suppose so. They’ve got a lot of friends. Has Kevin got a job? I think he’s lazy. Woman: Kevin? Lazy? Maybe. But Charlotte’s very hardworking. Man:Yes, she’s hardworking, but she’s shouting at the waiter! That’s rather unkind. Woman: I agree. But I think Charlotte looks … intelligent. Man:Yes, well, let’s go over there and chat. They both enjoy travelling and diving, so I think they’re very adventurous! Woman: Yes, just like us!
3 adventurous
4 humorous
Activity 8 1 late 2 buses
3 walking
4 lazy
Activity 9 2 Why are Paul and Zoe in the kitchen? Because they´re making tea. 3 Why is your manager in New York? Because she’s having a business meeting. 4 Why is the receptionist crying? Because the phone never stops ringing. 5 Why do you want to go home early today? Because it´s my birthday. 6 Why has Simon got a company car? Because he plays golf with the company director at weekends. Activity 10 Student’s own answers.
She´s kind and generous Activity 1 1 c 2 d
3 a
4 b
Activity 2 Student’s own answers.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Activity 3 1 f 2 d 3 b Activity 4 1a 2c
4 e
5 a
6 c
3b
Activity 5 Name
Country
Ray
(1) Scotland
Owen
(4) Wales
Personality
(2) kind (3) generous (5) loyal (7) impatient
Jack
(6) England
(8) unsociable (9) unfriendly
Activity 6 Student’s own answers. Activity 7 1 photo frame with photo of the two friends in it 2 voucher for a spa Activity 8 Student’s own answers.
READING Activity 1 Suggested answers: cake, cards, party, presents Activity 2 Student’s own answers. Activity 3 1 b 2 c
3a
1 Matt: Let’s have a break. Sally: Good idea. This is a diffi cult project. Matt: What about going home early? Sally: Why do you want to go home early? Matt: Because it’s my birthday. Sally: Happy birthday. We can’t go home early, but let’s go and have a cup of coffee. Matt: That’s an excellent idea. Why don’t we go to a café? Sally: OK, but remember we’ve only got 30 minutes. Matt: OK, let’s go! 2 Harry: This is a great party! What have you got for Jenny? Polly: Well, she’s 30 today, so I’ve got a bottle of perfume. Harry: Oh, lovely. She loves perfume. Polly: What have you got her? Harry: I’ve got her a DVD and two theatre tickets. Polly: That’s generous! Harry: Well, we’re good friends. Let’s go and say happy birthday. Polly: Good idea! 3 Liz: Hi, Rob. Why are you unhappy? Rob: Because it’s my birthday. Liz: Why are you unhappy on your birthday? Rob: Because I’m 40 today. Liz: Oh, well, happy birthday, Rob! Why don’t we go for a drink? Rob: That’s an excellent idea. How about going to that new bar? Liz: The new bar on the High Street, next to the newsagent’s? Rob: Yes.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Liz: Great! I can buy you a birthday present. Do you like chocolates? Rob: Oh yes, I like chocolates. Liz: Do you like going to the cinema? Rob: I love going to the cinema. Liz: OK, what about going for a drink, going to the cinema and eating chocolates? Rob: That’s an excellent idea. Activity 4 23 3 7 Sally wants a cup of coffee. 4 7 It’s Jenny’s birthday party. 53 6 7 Rob is unhappy because it’s his birthday. 73 8 7 Rob likes chocolates. Activity 5 2 Matt and Sally go to a café. 3 Jenny is 30 years old. 4 Harry gives Jenny a DVD and two theatre tickets for her birthday. 5 They go to the new bar on the High Street. 6 Yes, he does.
LANGUAGE STUDY Activity 1 6
1 She’s friendly. 2 It’s my birthday. 3 They’re from America. Activity 2 1 It’s late. 2 They’re happy about it. 3 What’s on television tonight? 4 A: Do you lik e my car? B: Yes, I love it! 5 A: Is he the manager? B: He’s the one with glasses? 6 It’s on the table. 7
1 It’s late. 2 They’re happy about it. 3 What’s on television tonight? 4 A: Do you like my car? B: Yes, I love it! 5 A: Is he the manager? B: He’s the one with glasses? 6 It’s on the table. Activity 3 1 What 2 Let’s Activity 4 a Excellent f Let’s not
3 not
b a good idea
Activity 6 1 go out 2 not
4 don’t
c No
3 meeting
5 about
6 Let’s
d That’s an, idea
4 idea
5 Let’s
e Good idea
6 excellent
8
Woman: Why don’t we go out tonight? Man: OK. But let’s not go to the cinema. I don’t want to watch a film. Woman: What about meeting Sam? Man: Good idea. I like Sam, he’s a friendly guy. Woman: Let’s invite Brenda too, she’s single. Man: That’s an excellent idea! Sam and Brenda are both friendly people.
115
Answer key Activity 7
Suggested answers: 2 Let´s go on holiday. That’s an excellent idea! 3 Let’s visit our friend Erica. Good idea. 4 Let’s watch TV. No. 5 Let’s not speak Spanish. Good idea. 6 Let’s play tennis this afternoon. Let’s not.
CONSOLIDATION Activity 1 2 sandwiches, cakes, chips, sausages and crisps 3 Parents play games with the children and they usually give them lots of cards and presents. 4 Children sometimes take food to share with their class. 5 They sometimes go to the cinema or they go bowling. 6 their parents 7 18th, 21st and 30th. 8 The Queen sends you a birthday card. Activity 2 Student’s own answers. Activity 3 1 c and g 2 d 3 a and f 4 b and e
9
1 Woman 1: It’s Julie’s birthday today. Let’s buy her a present. Woman 2: Good idea. Why don’t we buy her a CD. She likes classical music. Woman 1: OK, but what about buying some chocolates too. 2 Man: Woman: Man: Woman: Man: Woman: Man:
What’s the date today? It’s the 30th of March. It’s Tim’s birthday. Oh, no, have you got a present for him? Yes, I’ve got a book for him. I haven’t got a present for him. Well, let’s go shopping now. OK!
3 Man: Woman: Man: Woman: Man:
What does Giles like? What do you mean? You know, for his birthday. Oh, he likes books, CDs, chocolates, plants and DVDs. Why don’t I buy him a plant and you buy him a DVD?
2 Her birthday party is at her house. 3 The party finishes late. Activity 8 Suggested answer: It’s Caroline’s birthday on Friday 19th August. Why don’t you celebrate with us? Please come to a surprise party at my house from 7:00 till late! No presents please. Don’t tell Caroline! Sandra
SELF TEST Activity 1 1 unkind 2 impatient 3 intolerant 4 lazy 5 disloyal 6 sociable 7 friendly 8 dishonest 9 sensitive The hidden word is: intelligent. Activity 2 1 Why don’t we buy a book for Mike? 2 What about making a chocolate cake? 3 Let’s have a surprise party. 4 Let’s not invite Georgia. 5 What about going to a restaurant? 6 Let’s not go to a Chinese restaurant. Activity 3 Suggested answers: 1 A: Why don’t we go out? B: Good idea. 2 A: Let’s go to the pub. B: That´s a good idea. 3 A: That’s an excellent idea. B: What about buying a DVD? Activity 4 1 Why are you having a cup of tea? Because I’m thirsty. 2 Why are you at home? Because I’m watching football. 3 Why are you eating out? Because it’s Tim’s birthday. 4 Why is he in the shop? Because he’s buying a present. 5 Why is she on the phone? Because she’s talking to Jack. 6 Why is he climbing out of the window? Because he hasn’t got his keys.
4 Man: Why are you carrying that present? Woman: Because I’m going to a party. It’s Sue’s birthday. I’ve got her a camera. Man: Why have you got her a camera? Woman: Because she likes taking photographs. Why don’t you buy her some perfume? Man: That´s an excelent idea. Activity 4 1 3 2 7
33
43
Activity 5 1 Dear 2 Happy 3 birthday 4 kind 5 friend 6 present Activity 6 Student’s own answers.
Activity 7 1 Sandra´s birthday is on Saturday 20th March.
116
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Activity 3
UNIT 2. EATING OUT
13
what
Would you like to go out for lunch? Activity 1 1f 2c 3g 4e 5b 6d 7h 8a Starters: vegetable soup Main courses: curry, fish and salad, steak and chips, roast beef and potatoes Desserts: chocolate mousse, vanilla ice cream Drinks: mineral water Activity 2 1 Her name is Olivia. 2 She orders a small salad for a s tarter. Activity 3 1 b 2 d
where
which
why
water
wine
white
Activity 4 14
1 Would you like a glass of water? 2 What would you like for dessert? 3 Where would you like to go for dinner? 4 Which wine would you like, red or white? 5 Who would you like to invite for dinner? Activity 5 Conversation 1, 4 and 5 15
3 a
4 c
Activity 4 1 7 Jack goes to dinner with the businesswoman. 2 7 Olivia orders some mineral water and a glass of red wine. 3 7 Jack has salad with his steak. 4 7 For dessert there isn’t any chocolate mousse. 53 6 7 Olivia asks Jack for another glass of wine. Activity 5 Student’s own answers.
c I
d FF
e J
f FF
g J
2 Woman 1: Would you like to go out for dinner at that new restaurant, Allium? Woman 2: I’d love to, but I’m working. Woman 1: Oh, what a shame! 3 Woman: Would you like to go out for a drink tonight? Man: Sorry, I’m busy tonight. Woman: Oh, maybe some other time then.
READING Activity 1 a FF b J
1 Man: Would you like to go to the cinema tonight? Woman: I’d love to. Man: Great! Let’s meet at 7:30 in front of the station. Woman: OK, 7:30 at the railway station. See you then.
h I
Activity 2 1 c 2 b 3 a
4 Man 1: Would you like to go for a coffee after the meeting? Man 2: Yes, I’d love to. Good idea. Man 1: OK, let’s meet in front of the new cinema at 3:15. Man 1: Fine. 3:15 at the cinema.
Activity 3 13 2 7 James doesn’t want to have a cup of coffee. 33 4 7 Chloe doesn’t want to have any dessert. 53 6 7 Carla wants to eat udon noodles. 73 Activity 4 1 order 2 meal 3 tip 4 bill 5 service
5 Man: Would you like to go out for lunch at the King’s Head? Woman: Sorry, I’m busy today. Man: How about tomorrow? Woman: I’d love to. Let’s meet at the bank at one o’clock. Man: Outside the bank at one o’clock tomorrow. See you then. Activity 6 a conversation 5, 1 o’clock. b conversation 1, 7:30. c conversation 4, 3:15. Activity 7 1 Would you like to come out for a coffee? 2 Would you like to go to a Chinese restaurant? 3 Yes, I’d love to go out this evening. 4 Sorry, I can’t come. 5 I’d love to go for lunch, but I’m working.
Activity 5 Student’s own answers.
LANGUAGE STUDY Activity 1
1c
2e
3a
4b
3 a
4 d
3d
4 c
5d
11
give
golf
garden
guitar
Activity 2 12
1 [/g/] got 2 [/g/] good
go
good
guest
Activity 8 1 1 c 2 b 2 1 b 2 a
[/w/] what [/w/] would
THAT’S ENGLISH!
117
Answer key Activity 9 Suggested answers: A: Would you like to go to the cinema? B: I’d love to, but I’m doing my homework.
Activity 8 a, b, c, d, f, h, i, j, l Activity 9 Student’s own answers.
A: Would you like to go out this evening? B: Sorry, I can’t. I’m helping my mother.
READING
A: Would you like to go to the cinema? B: I’d love to, but I’m babysitting.
Activity 1 Student’s own answers.
A: Would you like to go out this evening? B: Sorry, I can’t. I’m working.
Activity 2 a both b USA
A: Would you like to go to the cinema? B: I’d love to, but I’m helping a friend.
LANGUAGE STUDY Activity 1
Activity 12 Student’s own answers.
17
1 I love fish and chips. 2 Where are you from? 3 Can you speak English? 4 Would you like a glass of water?
Are you ready to order? Activity 1 1 black coffee 2 French fries 3 cheese burger 4 fried chicken 5 tomato ketchup 3d
Activity 2 1 c 2 a
Activity 2 › 1 2 3
› ›
4e
5b
d 2
Customer 2 a
e 5
Activity 5 1 7 Kate isn’t from Brighton. Kate is from Nottingham or Felix is from Brighton. 23 33 43 53 Activity 6 strawberry banana apple coffee vanilla mint sausage chocolate Felix
3
Kate
3
3 3
3
3
Student’s own answers. Activity 7 1 aren’t many
118
›
5
18
Activity 3 Frank b Customer 1 c
c 4
›
4
1 I’d like a chicken sandwich. 2 Have you got any black coffee? 3 Are you free this evening? 4 What would you like today? 5 Fast-food restaurants are very popular.
3 b
Activity 4 a 3 b 1
e USA
Activity 4 13 2 7 Pizza is the number-one food in the USA. 3 7 Mexican restaurants are popular in America. 4 7 Fish and chips are popular in Britain. 53 6 7 A diner is a typical American family restaurant.
Activity 11 Ollie’s, Chang Mai.
2c
d UK
Activity 3 1 pizza 2 curry 3 Mexican 4 French fries 5 pizza 6 pubs
Activity 10 Suggested answers: 1 A: Would you like to go out for lunch? B: Yes, I’d love to. 2 A: Would you like to go out for a drink? B: Sorry, I can’t. I haven´t got any money. 3 A: Would you like to go to a party at the weekend? B: I’d love to, but I’m afraid I can’t. I’m busy. 4 A: Would you like to go out for dinner? B: Yes, I’d like to go out for dinner.
1a
c UK
2 cook
3 at home
3
3
3
Activity 3 a eggs, bacon and sausages b roast beef c chicken d a glass of orange juice e a glass of cola f a cup of tea g bread h butter Activity 4 2 starters 3 soup 4 main courses 5 steak 6 desserts 7 strawberry cake 8 drinks 9 fruit juice 10 service Activity 5 Tomato soup
Fish in white wine
Mineral water
THAT’S ENGLISH!
19
20
Waiter: Are you ready to order? Woman: Yes, please. For my starter, I’d like salmon mousse, please … Waiter: I’m sorry, we don’t have salmon mousse today. Woman: Oh, okay. Can I have the tomato soup, then, please? Waiter: Sure. And for your main course? Woman: Yes, I’d like the fish in white wine, please.
Waiter: Yes, of course. Would you like that with a salad or with chips? Woman: Oh yes. Can I have a tomato salad and some chips, please? Waiter: Of course. And finally, what would you like for dessert? Woman: I don’t need dessert, thank you. Waiter: What would you like to drink? Woman: I’d like some mineral water, please. Waiter: Great. Thank you very much. Activity 6 1 C 2 C
3W
Activity 7 1 A ready 2 A would 3 A like 4 A sorry
B Can B I’d B have B like
4W
5 C
6W
7W
8 C
Activity 8 Student’s own answers.
CONSOLIDATION Activity 1 b, e Activity 2 2 Luke is living in Manchester, England. 3 Luke usually has breakfast at half past seven. 4 Luke usually has cereal and toast with jam or marmalade for breakfast. He also drinks tea. 5 Luke usually has lunch at one o’clock. 6 Luke usually has a sandwich for lunch – sometimes with ham, sometimes with cheese – and an apple. 7 Luke usually has dinner at seven o’clock. 8 Luke usually has meat or fish with potatoes and another vegetable for dinner.
Woman : It’s Amanda’s birthday on Saturday. Man: Is she having a party? Woman : Yes, for fifty people, and I want to write a menu for the food. What food does she like? Let’s think. Man: Would she like to have pizza, fried chicken, steak, sausages? Woman : Mm … Man: Sandwiches and crisps? Woman : I don’t think so. We don’t want party food. We want special food. Man: How about roast beef and roast chicken? And chips – chips are good with everything. Woman : Chips? I’m not sure about that. Right. Starters. What starters do we want? Salad, soup and pasta. That’s it! Man: Good! Woman : Main course: Roast chicken, roast beef, fish, salads, pasta. We can offer vegetables with potatoes or rice. Man: Yes! Chips? Woman : No. Man: Oh. Woman: And desserts. How about strawberries in chocolate, vanilla ice cream and fruit salad? Man: Yummy! What about drinks? Woman : Water, juice, wine and beer. Man: Great! And I can help you. Let’s write it all down … Activity 7 1, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16, 17, 20 Activity 8 Student’s own answers. Activity 9 Student’s own answers.
SELF TEST Activity 1 1 a 2 b
Activity 5 Student’s own answers. Activity 6 1 Amanda´s party is for her birthday. 2 The party is on Saturday. 3 The woman wants to write a menu for the food. 4 No, they don´t. 5 They want salad, soup and pasta for starters. 6 Yes, he does. 7 They want salads and pasta. 8 They want vanilla ice cream.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
4 c
5 b
Activity 2 Starters
Main courses
Desserts
Drinks
soup salad
pasta sushi cheese burger chicken steak curry roast beef
ice cream chocolate mousse
orange juice coffee wine
Activity 3 1 7 Luke usually has the same things for breakfast. 23 3 7 Luke never has a typical English breakfast of bacon and eggs. 4 7 English people drink tea and coffee. 53 63 Activity 4 Student’s own answers.
3 c
Activity 3 1 order 2 drink 3 have 4 have 5 eats 6 have Activity 4 1 iphone 2 bottle of red wine 3 bowl of soup 4 TV 5 Chinese food
119
Answer key READING
21
1 Man: What would you like for Christmas? Son: Can I have an iPhone? Man: Maybe when you are older. 2 Woman: What would you like for your birthday? Man: I’d like a good bottle of red wine. Woman: Mm. Can I share it with you?
3 Man: Woman: Man: 4 Mother: Daughter: Mother: 5 Woman: Man: Woman: Activity 5 a4 b5
What would you like for lunch? Can I have a bowl of soup? Tomato or chicken? What would you like to do now? Can we watch TV? OK, but not for long. What would you like for dinner? I’d like some Chinese food. Let’s get a takeaway. Good idea.
c1
d3
e2
Activity 6 1 Would 2 love 3 What 4 Can 5 sorry
UNIT 3. HAVE YOU GOT A ROOM?
Can I help you? Activity 1 a double room b bathroom c key d luggage e towels f lift g reception h gym Activity 2 1 16 2 No, it’s downstairs. Activity 3 1 bathroom, towels 2 quiet 3 traditional 4 Wi-Fi 5 garden, gym Activity 4 1 She wants to go for a walk. 2 He takes his bags to the third floor. 3 18. 4 He goes to wait in the bar. 5 She wants to go to the gym. 6 13 because today is Friday 13th (and room 13 is clean and beautiful.) Activity 5 Wi-Fi, restaurant, bar, gym, sauna, gardens Activity 6 Student’s own answers.
120
Activity 1 Student’s own answers. Activity 2 Bridge Hotel Activity 3 Castle Hotel 2 Bridge Hotel 3 City Hotel 1 Activity 4 1 7 The Castle Hotel isn’t in the centre of London. 23 3 7 The Bridge Hotel is near Oxford Street in London. 43 5 7 The rooms at the City Hotel haven’t got TV. 6 7 There isn’t a café at the City Hotel. There are local cafés. Activity 5 1The Castle Hotel. 2You can eat in the four-star restaurant or in your room because they offer room service. 3The rooms have got TV, Wi-Fi and en-suite bathrooms with baths and showers. 4You can go to Regent Street, Buckingham Palace or the Tower of London. 5There are restaurants and cafés near the City Hotel. 6 It has got 60 (single rooms). Activity 6 2 noisy 3 dirty 4 safe 5 beautiful Activity 7 2 noisy 3 safe 4 ugly 5 modern 6 central
LANGUAGE STUDY Activity 1 23
[/ /] good [/ u: /] food
book room
full pool
Activity 2 24
[/ /] cook look [/ u: /] two boot
pull fool
full put soon soup
//
/u:/
cook look pull full put
two boot fool soon soup
Activity 3 On the eighth (8) floor we have got a gym and sauna – you can work out and look at London! Our restaurant is on the third (3) floor and we have got a hairdressing salon on the second (2) floor. Finally, on the ninth (9) floor, we have got a roof garden.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Activity 4 2 The sixth of January 3 The first of May 4 The thirty-first of March 5 The sixteenth of September 6 The thirteenth of August
Suggested answers: b Can I book a single room? Yes, of course. c I’d like a double room . Certainly. d Can I book a quiet room? Yes, of course. e I’d like to cancel my reservation, please. Certainly. f Can I have the Wi-Fi code please? Here you are.
25
1 the twenty-fifth of December 2 the sixth of January 3 the first of May 4 the thirty-first of March 5 the sixteenth of September 6 the thirteenth of August
Activity 8 Student’s own answers.
Activity 5 Student’s own answers.
Activity 9 Miranda chooses the Excel Hotel.
Activity 6 Name
Number of nights
Dates
Single/
Price
double room
per night
Mr Bryant
1
13 February
Single
£75
Mrs May
7
8 - 14 July
Double
£55
The Pine Lodge
The New
The Excel
Hotel
Hotel
Hotel
Wi-Fi Breakfast
3 3
Restaurant
3
Gym
3
3
Room service
3
Garden
3
Showers Lift
3
3
26
1 Mr Bryant: Hello? Receptionist: Treetops Hotel, can I help you? Mr Bryant: Good morning. Can I book a single room for the thirteenth of February, please? Receptionist: The thirtieth of February? I’m sorry; we haven’t got any vacancies on the thirtieth. Mr Bryant: No, not the thirtieth, the thirteenth. One … three … thirteenth. Receptionist: Oh, yes, sorry. So that’s a single room for one night on the thirteenth of February. Can I take your name, please? Mr Bryant: The name is Bryant … B-R-Y-A-N-T. And how much is the room? Receptionist: It’s £75 per night. Mr Bryant: OK, that’s fine. 2 Mrs May: Is that the Stratford Hotel? Receptionist: Yes, that’s correct. How can I help you? Mrs May: I’d like to make a reservation, please, from the eighth to the fourteenth of July, please. Receptionist: I´m afraid we’re very busy in July. Do you want a single or a double room? Mrs May: A double room, please. Receptionist: No problem. Yes, we’ve got a double room. So that’s a double room for 7 nights from the eighth of July to the fourteenth. Mrs May: That’s right. How much is the room, please? Receptionist: It’s £55 per night. Mrs May: OK, that’s fine. Receptionist: Can I take your name, please? Mrs May: Yes, it’s Mrs May, Emily May. Activity 7 a clean towels b single room c double room d quiet room e cancel my reservation f Wi-Fi code
THAT’S ENGLISH!
27
James: Hi Miranda. Miranda: Hi James. Do you know the Pine Lodge Hotel in Newcastle? James: Yes. Miranda: Has it got Wi-Fi? James: No, it hasn’t! It isn’t very modern. It hasn’t got showers! It’s got rooms, beds and baths. It’s very small. Miranda: What about breakfast? James: They serve breakfast but no evening meal. They haven’t got a restaurant. Miranda: OK. Have they got a lift? I always take a lot of luggage. James: No lift! Try the New Hotel. They have got a lift and a restaurant. Miranda: I don’t like eating in hotel restaurants. Have they got room service? James: No, they haven’t. They’ve got a gym. Miranda: I never go to the gym. I like sitting outside and working on my laptop. James : OK. Try the Excel Hotel. They have got a lift, a sauna, a gym and a lovely garden. They also have room service and Wi-Fi. Miranda: Perfect! Activity 10 1 7 The Pine Lodge Hotel hasn’t got a sauna. 2 7 You can’t have dinner at the Pine Lodge Hotel because they haven’t got a restaurant. 33 4 7 Miranda doesn’t like eating in hotel restaurants. 53 6 7 Miranda never goes to the gym. Activity 11 Suggested answers: 1 Receptionist: Good morning. This is the Excel Hotel, Amy speaking, can I help you? 2 Receptionist: Of course. Would you like a single room or a double room?
121
Answer key 3 4 5 6
Receptionist: How many nights? Receptionist: What dates, please? Receptionist: Can you repeat the dates, please? Receptionist: OK. You have got a reservation. See you soon.
2 It has got 30 en-suite rooms. 3 It offers continental or full English breakfast. 4 The spa is in the basement. 5 You can go to the beach, go shopping, visit a historic castle, play golf, go to the park or walking along the coastal paths.
Activity 12 28
R eceptionist: Good morning. This is the Excel Hotel, Amy speaking, can I help you? You: ... R eceptionist: Of course. Would you like a single room or a double room? You: ... Receptionist: How many nights? You: ... R eceptionist: What dates, please? You: ... R eceptionist: Can you repeat the dates, please? You: ... R eceptionist: OK. You have got a reservation. See you soon.
Activity 4 1 7 Go upstairs downstairs and then turn right. 23 33 4 7 Go over there and take the lift to the first floor. The bar is next to the restaurant main entrance. 5 7 Turn right left and go to the end of the corridor. Room 12 is on your left, opposite room 7 1. 63 Activity 5 1 Room 6
2 car park
3 bar
4 reception
LANGUAGE STUDY Activity 1 30
Activity 13 Student’s own answers.
I like English breakfast Activity 1 egg, bacon, sausage, tomatoes, mushrooms, tea, coffee, toast, marmalade, cereal
the first of March the fifth of June the third of May the sixth of August Activity 2 31
Activity 2 Student’s own answers. Activity 3 1 c 2 b
3 a
4 c
Activity 4 Speaker 1 f luxury Speaker 2 a country Speaker 3 c boutique, small Speaker 4 d beach, sea Speaker 5 e five-star Speaker 6 b big, pools Activity 5 The Chelsea Hotel is in New York. It’s on 23rd Street – that’s between 7th Avenue and 8th Avenue. Chelsea is the theatre district. It has 12 floors and 250 rooms. In 1898 it is 5 dollars a night to stay here, and a full American breakfast is only 1 dollar. Today there are lots of hotels like this in New York, but it is very expensive to stay here. Activity 6 1 It is on the south coast. 2 He books 6 nights. 3 He has got one child. 4 He pays £10 deposit. 5 He’s going to Marbella. 6 He books the hotel. Activity 7 Student’s own answers.
READING Activity 1 Student’s own answers. Activity 2 Student’s own answers. Activity 3 1 It is in Scarborough, a seaside town in the north of England.
122
1 the second of March 2 the tenth of April 3 the twelfth of May 4 the twenty-first of June 5 the thirtieth of August 6 the sixth of January Activity 3 1 us 2 you 3 me 4 her 5 it 6 them 7 him Activity 4 1 double 2 four 3 first 4 use Wi-Fi
32
Mr Ross: Good morning. I have a reservation. Receptionist: Oh yes, Mr Ross. You want a double room for four nights, from the nineteenth until the twenty-third of November, is that right? Mr Ross: That’s right. Receptionist: No problem. And you like a double room? Mr Ross: Have all your rooms got Wi-Fi? I want to do some work now. Receptionist: The rooms on the first floor have got Wi-Fi but not the rooms on the second and third floors. Mr Ross: Can I have a room on the first floor, please? Receptionist: Yes. You can have room twelve. It’s up the stairs and then turn right. It’s the fourth room on the right. Or, take the lift. Mr Ross: Is there a restaurant? Receptionist: The restaurant is over there on the left. We serve English and continental breakfast, lunch
THAT’S ENGLISH!
and dinner. There is also room service if you prefer to eat in your room. Mr Ross: That’s good. I want to eat in the restaurant. Have you got a gym or a sauna? Receptionist: The gym is downstairs and on the right. We haven’t got a sauna. Sorry. Mr Ross: No problem. Activity 5 1 To get to Room 12, you go down up the stairs and turn right. 2 Room 12 is the sixth fourth room on the right. 3 From the reception, the restaurant is on the right left. 4 To get to the gym, you go up down the stairs and it’s on the left right. 5 There isn’t a sauna. Activity 6 1 left, downstairs 2 left, right 3 straight ahead / in the centre 4 next Activity 7 Student’s own answers. Activity 8 1 Can I help you? 2 Can you tell me where the lift is? 3 Where’s the gym, please? 4 Would you like a single or a double room? 5 Can you repeat the dates, please?
CONSOLIDATION Activity 1 a On 31st March b Double rooms Activity 2 1 hotel 2 nights 3 rooms 4 gym 5 breakfast Activity 3 1 She needs three double rooms and a single room. 2 No (It’s a meeting with colleagues.) 3 They can connect to the Internet in the hotel rooms, in the bar and in the meeting rooms. 4 Yes 5 They serve continental breakfast and English breakfast. Activity 4 Student’s own answers. Activity 5 1 10 2 Wi-Fi 3 He wants to know if the gym is open early in the morning because he usually goes to the gym before breakfast. Activity 6 The hotel isn’t close to London. There isn’t any public transport into London. The water in the swimming pool is very cold. The restaurant is expensive. 33
Mr Bowler: This hotel is a disaster! In the advert it says that the hotel is close to London. The hotel is 25 kilometres from London. It’s impossible to get to London on public transport. I take a taxi to go
THAT’S ENGLISH!
to London. Do you know how much it costs? Wife: No. Mr Bowler: 50 pounds! Wife: Oh no! Mr Bowler: I am the only guest in the hotel. The swimming pool is very quiet. Wife: That’s good. Mr Bowler: Yes, but the water is very cold. Wife: Oh dear. Mr Bowler: I eat at the restaurant every night. Wife: Is the food nice? Mr Bowler: Yes, it’s OK, but it’s expensive. And I’ve only got a shower. I haven’t got a bath. Wife: You never have a bath at home, dear. You always have a shower! Mr Bowler: Yes, you’re right. Perhaps it isn’t a disaster. Activity 7 Greetings from London! I’m staying in a hotel 25 kilometres from London. It’s expensive to get into London because there isn’t any public transport. I take a taxi. It costs 50 pounds. It’s a 3-star hotel with 50 rooms, but the hotel isn’t busy. The swimming pool is quiet but the water in the swimming pool is cold. I have dinner in the hotel every day. The food is OK. There isn’t a bath in my room, but it isn’t important because I always have a shower. Activity 8 Student’s own answers.
SELF TEST Activity 1 2 it’s dirty. 3 it’s safe. 4 they’re beautiful. 5 it’s old / traditional. Activity 2 a 9 b 6
c 3
Activity 3 1 him 2 us
d 7
3 them
e 5
f 1
4 her
g 4
5 me
h 8
i 2
6 you
Activity 4 1 It has got 60 rooms. 2 The reception is on the ground floor. 3 The rooms have a double bed, TV and Wi-Fi, and a bathroom with a shower and a toilet. 4 The hotel bar. 5 In London. Activity 5 1 turn right 2 go downstairs 3 on your right 4 fourth floor 5 turn left 6 on the right Activity 6 1 Mr Lily is booked from the 6th of July to the 24th of July. 2 Ms Cole is booked from the 29th of July to the 13th of August. 3 Mrs Camper is booked from the 10th of August to the 11th of August. 4 The Bones family are booked from the 12th to the 15th of August. 5 Computer IT Ltd are booked from the 9th of September to the 14th of September. 34
Receptionist: OK, can you write these dates down, please. Mr Lily is booked from Wednesday the 6th of July until Sunday the 24th of July. Ms Cole is booked from the 29th of July to the 30th, no,
123
Answer key sorry, the 13th of August. Mrs Camper is booked from the 10th of August for one night. The Bones family are booked from the 12th to the 15th of August and finally, we have got 8 rooms book ed in September for Computer IT L imited. That’s from the 9th for five nights, leaving on the 14th.
Activity 4 The Garrick › theatre The Prince of Wales › theatre The National Gallery › art gallery The Four Seasons › restaurant Picadilly Circus › underground station
Activity 7 Student’s own answers.
The Apollo › theatre Nelson’s Column › monument
UNIT 4. CITIES
Activity 5 Student’s own answers.
Turn right at the traffic lights Activity 1 a underground station b bus c bicycle d cyclist e café f river g bridge h traffic lights i ambulance j art gallery
LANGUAGE STUDY Activity 1 36
cathedral restaurant café
Activity 2 1
Activity 2 1 Mr Stoker 2 Who are you? Are you a doctor? Activity 3 bus tour of London visit Tate Modern visit the National Gallery go shopping Activity 4 1 f 2 c 3 b
5d
ca fé
mo nument
ca the dral
nightclub
post office
museum
restaurant
roundabout
station
stadium
37
Pattern 1: café nightclub station Pattern 2: monument post office stadium theatre Pattern 3: cathedral museum
statue restaurant
roundabout
Activity 3 1 near 2 Can 3 tell 4 Is 5 Excuse 6 get
38
Activity 1 1 theatre 2 church 3 monument 4 restaurant 5 cinema 6 mosque
1 Is there a post office near here, please? 2 We want to go to the museum. Can you help us? 3 Can you tell me the way to the football stadium? 4 Is there a tourist office in the city centre? 5 Excuse me. We’re looking for the cathedral. 6 How do I get to the railway station, please?
theatre, monument, restaurant, cinema
124
6a
READING
d 6
theatre 4e
Activity 7 Student’s own answers.
Activity 3 b 8 c 3
3
statue
Activity 6 13 2 7 Mr Murray likes public transport. 3 7 Anna meets Flora outside a café next to the Tate Modern. 4 7 Mr Stoker doesn’t help the cyclist. 53 6 7 Anna doesn’t take the cyclist to hospital.
3 A
2
stadium
Activity 5 A: bus stop B: underground station
Activity 2 1 B 2 D
monument museum nightclub post office roundabout stadium station statue theatre
c 3
39
4 C
e 4
Activity 4 a 2 b 1
f 1
g 2
h7
1 Man: Can you tell me the way to the football stadium? Woman: Yes. Go straight ahead, down this road. At the roundabout, take the third exit. It’s on the right.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
2 Woman: We want to go to the museum. Can you help us? Man: No problem. Go past the bank and turn left at the traffic lights. It’s on the right. 3 Man 1: Is there a post office near here, please? Man 2: Yes. Go straight ahead and take the second street on the right and it’s on the left.
Activity 4 1 Gill, Sophie 2 Cassandra 3 Suzanne, Owen 4 Shannon Activity 5 1 11 2 287
3 54
4 150
5 25,000
Activity 6 1 7 Liverpool is a great 19th century seaport. 2 7 In 1980 there weren’t any shops in the warehouses in Liverpool. 3 7 The Maritime Museum doesn’t tell the story of the Beatles. 43 5 7 Liverpool was European City of Culture in 2008.
Activity 5 1 Go 2 Take 3 Go 4 take 5 Turn Activity 6 1 c (advertencia) 2 e (advertencia) 3 d (advertencia) 4 a 5 f 6 b (advertencia)
Activity 7 Student’s own answers.
READING Activity 1 by tram g, by ferry c, by car i, by bus a, by train h, by plane b, by helicopter e, on foot d, by bike f
Activity 7 1 past 2 on 3 turn 4 round 5 up 6 Take
Activity 2 Happy Valley: underground, tram Disneyland: taxi, ferry Activity 3 1 7 Ed and Katy have two sons or more. 23 3 7 Taxis in Hong Kong are not expensive. 43 53 63
Activity 8 1 Come inside! 2 Go outside! 3 Go over there! 4 Come over here! Activity 9 1 First 2 Then / Next / After that 3 Next / Then / After that 4 After that / Next / Then 5 finally
Activity 4 1 It´s in a good shopping area and it´s close to a park. 2 They go to Happy Valley. 3 It’s cheap and the view is beautiful. 4They are in Hong Kong for two days. 5They plan to spend it at Disneyland. 6They want to go to the bar.
Activity 10 1 Can you repeat that? c 2 Can you show me the way? a 3 Can you come now? e 4 Can you help me? b 5 Can you tell me the time? d
Activity 5 2 island 3 cheap 4 expensive 5 view 6 a bar
Activity 11 Student’s own answers.
Activity 6 Student’s own answers.
Activity 12 Student’s own answers.
LANGUAGE STUDY
How do I get to the station?
Activity 1 1 one /wn/ (The other sounds are / /) 2 work /w:k/ (The other sounds are / :/)
Activity 1 Student’s own answers. 41
Activity 2 1 c 2 d
3 a
4 b
Activity 3 1 13 2 500 3 summer 4 the River Thames 5 cars
THAT’S ENGLISH!
5 e
1 mosque clock 2 walk Portugal
Australia one your daughter
watch work
what call
Activity 2
1 // 2 /:/, /:/ 3 // 4 /:/ 5 //
125
Answer key 6 /:/ 7 // 8 //, /:/
42
1 Can you come to the office? 2 It’s ten f orty in the morning. 3 Sorry? Can you repeat that? 4 Can I have a glass of water? 5 I prefer beach holidays. 6 Let’s go the sports centre. 7 I’d like a coffee please. 8 Our room is on the third floor. Activity 3 1 Plaza Hotel 2 Grand Central Station 3 Times Square 4 Museum of Modern Art
43
1 Man 1: Man 2: Man 1: Man 2:
Excuse me, how do I get to the Plaza Hotel? On foot? Yes. Is it far? No, it isn’t far. Go down West 57th and turn left into 6th Avenue. Go to the end of 6th Avenue and turn right. That’s West 59th Street. Go down that street and it’s on your right. It’s in front of Central Park.
2 Woman:
Excuse me, can you tell me the way to the Grand Central Station? Man: How are you getting there? Woman: I’m driving. Man: Go down West 44th Street. Take the first turning right. That’s 5th Avenue. Then take the second turning left. Now you’re in West 42nd Street. Go past Madison Avenue and Grand Central is on the left.
Activity 5 1 drive 2 on foot 3 by plane 4 by bicycle / bike 5 take / get 6 walk Activity 6 Student’s own answers.
CONSOLIDATION Activity 1 Jan: b, d, f, g, j Tom: a, c, e, h, i
44
1
My name is Jan. I live in the countryside. I’m a chef and I work in a hotel. The hotel is near my house, so it’s easy to get to work. There aren’t any buses where I live, so I always go to work by car. I leave my house at 8:20 a.m., get in my car and dri ve to the end of the road. Then I turn right and drive for ten minutes. There aren’t any traffic lights. I don’t turn left or right and I don’t see any traffic. I’m in the kitchen and working at 8:30.
2
My name isTom. I live in the city. I work in a bank near the centre of town. Lots of people go to work at the same time as me, so it’s always busy. First, I leave my apartment at 8:15 a.m. and walk down the street to the underground station. Sometimes I take the bus to the underground station. Then I take the underground to the city centre. My office isn’t near the underground, so after that, I take a bus. There is a lot of traffic in the mornings. I get off the bus at 8:55 a.m. and get to my office just before nine o’clock.
3 Man: Woman: Man: Woman:
4 Woman 1:
Excuse me, is Times Square near here? Yes, it is. Are you going by public transport? No, I’m driving. All right. Go left, up Avenue of the Americas and take the second turning on the left. That’s West 51st Street. Go past 7th Avenue and then turn left into Broadway. Go straight down, past two streets and you are in Times Square.
Can you help me? I want to get to the Museum of Modern Art. Woman 2: Are you going on foot? Woman 1: No, I’m driving. Woman 2: OK. Go down 7th Avenue and take the second turning on the left. That’s West 50th Street. At the next lights, turn left again into Avenue of the Americas. Then take the fourth turning on the right. That’s West 54th Street. At the end of the street, turn right and then first right again. Go up West 53rd Street and the museum is on the left.
Activity 4 1 on foot 2 by car 3 by car 4 by car
126
Activity 2 1 7 Jan doesn’t leave her house before Tom. / Jan leaves her house at 8:20 and Tom leaves his apartment at 8:15. 23 33 4 7 Jan doesn’t have a problem with traffic. 5 7 Tom’s office isn’t near the underground. 63
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Activity 3 1 Jan 2 Jan
3 Tom
4 Jan
8 stadium (statue and monument are tourist attractions and/or works of art.)
5 Tom
Activity 4 bus
1 Jem 2 Kaya
car
train
bicycle
3
3
3
tram
plane
foot 3
3
3 Luisa 4 Max
3
3
3
3
3
45
1 My office is by the harbour. I can see the Opera House from my window. I usually drive there, but sometimes I take the train. The station is about 2 kilometres from my house, so I cycle to the station, leave my bike there, and get the train. The train journey is twenty minutes. My office is only two minutes from the harbour station, so I walk there from the station. 2 I live in the city centre, but I travel out of the centre to work. I get there by bus. I get on the bus at the stop outside my apartment. We go past all the tourist shops and cafés on the main street. I work in an office on the waterfront. I can see Table Mountain in one direction and the sea in the other.
Activity 2 1 Is the station near here? 2 Turn left and it’s on the left. 3 Can you help us? 4 Where is the bus stop? 5 Go straight down this road. Activity 3 2 Be 3 Turn
4 Don’t
5 Watch
6 Go
Activity 4 1 over here 2 over there 3 over there 4 over here 5 over there 6 over here Activity 5 1 First 2 After that
3 Next
Activity 6 1 b 2 c
5 d
Activity 7 1 b 2a
3 a
3 b
4 e
4 After
5 Finally
4 a
46
3 I live in the south of the city, so I get the train into the city centre and then I get on a tram. They call trams cable cars here in California. The tram goes all the way to my workplace. I work in a shop in the city centre. The journey is usually about thirty minutes, sometimes forty. It’s difficult to cycle here – up and down all the time – so I never go by bike. 4 I live on an island, near Waikiki beach in Hawaii. When I need to go anywhere on the island, I walk or drive. I live where I work, so I don’t travel to work. But sometimes for my work, I go to other islands or even to Fiji or Australia. At these times, I fly. I have my own plane, so it isn’t difficult.
Activity 5 1 Jem c 2 Kaya a Activity 6 1 Jem’s 2 Kaya
3 Luisa d
3 Jem
4 Max b
4 Kaya
5 plane
Activity 7 Student’s own answers. Activity 8 Student’s own answers.
SELF TEST Activity 1 1 bank (church and mosque are religious buildings.) 2 cyclist (cyclist is a person; bus and train are forms of transport.) 3 stadium (a stadium is a sports facility; cinema and theatre are places of entertainment.) 4 nightclub (café and restaurant are places to eat.) 5 post office (art gallery and museum are tourist attractions.) 6 underground station (river and bridge are places that you can see when you are walking or driving because they are above ground.) 7 post office (roundabout and traffic lights are on the road and they are connected to traffic.)
THAT’S ENGLISH!
1 Go straight down this street and take the second street on the right. 2 Go straight on, then turn left and it’s on the right. 3 Go past the lights and turn left. 4 Take the third street on the right. Activity 8 2 When you reach the bus station, get on a number 22 bus. 3 Get off the bus at Ash Road bus stop and turn left into Ash Road. 4 Go down Ash Road and take the first street on the left. 5 You are now in the Crofts. Go past the café and turn right. 6 Go down Old Road and our house is number 43, on the left. Activity 9 A railway station D our house E café
B bus station
C Ash Road bus stop
UNIT 5. THE WORLD AROUND US What a lovely day! Activity 1 a It’s sunny./ It’s dry. b It’s cloudy. c It’s rainy. / It’s wet. d It’s windy. e It’s foggy. f It’s icy. g It’s snowy.
47
a It’s sunny./ It’s dry. b It’s cloudy. c It’s rainy. / It’s wet. d It’s windy. e It’s foggy. f It’s icy. g It’s snowy.
127
Answer key Activity 2 1 It’s hot. 2 It’s cold. 3 It’s very cold. 4 It’s warm.
50
[/ i: /] eat fifteen cheap degrees evening [/ /] it sit film winter spring [/ e /] pen America west weather friend Activity 3
Activity 3 1 Anna´s mum lives in the mountains, in America. 2 There are sheep, cows and chickens.
51
1 rain 2 below zero 3 cloud 4 ice 5 sun 6 hot 8 warm 9 wind 10 snow 11 wet 12 dry 13 fog
Activity 4 1 receptionist 2 guest 3 receptionist 4 guest 5 farmer 6 farmer Activity 5 a 5 b 3
Activity 4 1 sunny, hot 2 wet, windy, dry 3 zero, icy, snowy 4 foggy, cold, hot, dry, sunny
c 2
d 1
52
e 4
1 It’s warm and sunny here today – not a cloud in the sky. And if it gets very hot, we can go to the pool.
Activity 6 Student’s own answers.
2 My first experience of a tropical storm. It’s very wet and windy. This is definitely not a good day for going out. I’m staying inside – it’s dry in here.
READING Activity 1 Student’s own answers. Activity 2 2M 3F
4M
5F
6F
7M
8F
3 Up here in the Alps, the temperature is below zero. It’s very cold and icy. But the snowy landscape is beautiful and also it’s very quiet and peaceful.
9M
4 It’s foggy, cold and very wet. I’m in a beautiful city, but I can’t see anything. Next time, I want to go to a place that’s always hot, dry and sunny – the Sahara desert maybe!
Activity 3 1 day 2 snow 3 hot 4 wet and cloudy 5 cold 6 sunny
Activity 5 1 d 2 e
Activity 4 1 The temperature where Mustapha lives is 30 or 40 degrees. 2 Mustapha goes outside in the evening because it´s cool. 3 It rains in the spring and the autumn and sometimes in the summer. 4 The temperature in winter where Francis lives is 20 or 30 degrees below zero. 5 Francis talks to her friends by telephone and on the Internet. 6 His family. Activity 5 1 ice, snow
7 cold
2 hot, cold
3 below zero
4 cool, warm
LANGUAGE STUDY
5 rains
3 a
4 c
5 b
53
1 Good morning and welcome to today’s weather. It’s raining in most places and it’s cloudy. That’s good news for farmers but it’s bad news when you walk to work! There are strong winds in the west and the temperatures are normal for spring. So that’s rain and cloud and strong winds in the west. 2 Hello there. The weather is different around the country today. It’s snowing in the mountains but here in the capital, the sun’s shining and it’s a lovely spring day. The temperature here is 26 degrees and there isn’t a cloud in the sky. 3 This is the Weather Channel, bringing you all the weather news from around the country. Let’s start in the north and west. It’s snowing and it’s windy so stay at home. Make sure you wear warm clothes and take your mobile phone with you. In the rest of the country, it’s cold and wet … it’s spring!
Activity 1 49
[/ i: /] sleep [/ /] wind
4 This is your Carnival Radio weather forecast. The weather in Rio is hot and it’s cloudy so we’re expecting some rain. To the north of the city, the sun’s shining but south of here, it’s raining.
[/ e /] wet Activity 2
/i:/
//
/e/
ea t
it film sit winter spring
pen America west weather friend
fifteen cheap degrees evening
128
5 Good evening, this is the weather forecast at 6:30. The weather today is normal for this time of the year. It’s hotand dry everywhere. The only difference is in the mountains, where it’s warm and cloudy with some rain in places.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Activity 6 1 raining 2 rains 3 is shining 4 snow 5 snows 6 is snowing 7 shining 8 isn’t shining 9 Is 10 Is 11 shines 12 rains 13 shines 14 shines 15 isn’t shining 16 is raining
2 7 The data comes from different places, for example satellite information, radar pictures, etc. 33 4 7 Carol sometimes talks about weather all over the world. 5 7 According to Carol, it is sunny in Spain. Activity 4
winter
54
A Bob: Is it raining outside? Tom: It usually rains but at the moment the sun is shining. B Yvette: Does it often snow in England? Roger: It sometimes snows in the north of England. It is snowing in Scotland now. C Paul: Julie: Paul: Julie: Paul:
D Sally: Mum: Sally: Mum: Sally: Mum:
Is the sun shining in Toronto? No, it isn’t shining. In fact, it’s cloudy. I see. Is it cold? Yes. Is it sunny in Sydney? It’s the summer. The sun always shines here in the summer.
Mum, is it usually cold in England? Well, it sometimes rains and it’s often cloudy. In the summer? The sun often shines in the summer. The sun usually shines here. It is shining today. I know but the sun isn’t shining in London today. It is raining at the moment.
Activity 7 1 usually 2 today 3 at the moment 4 never 5 now
cold, snow
hot
hot
cold, no snow
hot
rain
warm and dry
rain
cold and foggy
rain
Activity 5 1 cold 2 hot 3 rains 4 snows 5 quiet life 6 sunny Activity 6 George: traditional, small, valley, river, pigs, cows, horse Jack: valley, river, big, modern, pigs Michael: hills, organic, pigs, cows, horse, small, traditional Activity 7 Student’s own answers.
READING Activity 1 Student’s own answers. Activity 2 a 2 b 3
c 5
d 1
e 4
Activity 3 1 He teaches people to play tennis. The weather is a problem for him because when it rains, his job is difficult and he can't play golf. 2 It rains a lot. 3 Because it’s nice and warm in the kitchen. 4 He takes the bus to work because it snows. 5 Germaine’s shop sells swimming costumes in the summer and ski equipment in the winter. Activity 4 1 Ravi and Megan 2 Merlene, Pierre or Germaine
Activity 8 1 When you go to England, remember to take an umbrella. 2 It usually snows here during the winter. 3 Give me a call before you leave. 4 When it’s sunny, we go to the beach. 5 After the summer, the weather changes. Activity 9 Student’s own answers.
What is the weather like? Activity 1 1 b 2 a
hot, humid
hot
summer
Activity 5 1 Delhi is in the north of India. It’s always hot and it usually rains. 2 Stirling is in the centre of Scotland. It’s usually cloudy and not very warm. 3 The Blue Mountains are in the east of Jamaica. It’s cold and windy there in winter. 4 Vancouver is in the west of Canada. It snows in the winter and it’s hot in the summer. 5 Kiandra is in the south of Australia. It´s very cold in July and it´s very hot in December.
LANGUAGE STUDY c
Activity 2 d river e hills
e
Activity 1 56
f valley
Activity 3 1 7 Carol is a weather forecaster on television.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
North Africa East Asia West of Canada Central America
129
Answer key Activity 2 1 free-time activities 2 hot and sunny 3 a cold autumn 4 capital of Spain 5 Mike and Celia
Activity 2 1 7 In the summer it is sometimes warm, but it is usually cold in the north of Canada. 23 3 7 He likes where he lives. 4 7 Dayak houses are cool inside. 5 7 Kenyah prefers sun and rain. 63
57
1 free-time activities 2 hot and sunny 3 a cold autumn 4 capital of Spain 5 Mike and Celia
Activity 3 1 Jerome, c, Italy. 2 Mathilde, a, the Netherlands. 3 Isabel, b, Sweden. 59
Activity 3 Conversation 1: The daughter is in Australia and the mother is in Ireland . Conversation 2: The son is in Brazil and the father is in France.
58
1 Girl: Mum: Girl: Mum: Girl: Mum: Girl: Mum:
Hi mum. Hi Ginny, how are you, and … where are you? I’m fine. I’m in the desert. What’s the weather like? It’s the desert mum, it’s hot and sunny. It sometimes rains in the desert! OK, OK, what’s the weather like today at home? Oh, it’s cloudy and windy. As usual!
2 Dad: Boy: Dad: Boy: Dad: Boy: Dad: Boy:
Hello son. Are you still in South America? Yes. It’s really hot here. What’s the weather like at home? I’m not at home. I’m on holiday. Oh. Well, what’s the weather like? It’s cold and it’s snowing here. What’s the weather like there? It’s hot and raining here. Well, here the roads are icy and it’s ten degrees below zero. That’s OK for a skiing holiday!
Bruce: Hi, I’m Bruce Carry and today I’m talking to three people about where they live. First, let’s talk to Jerome. Where do you live Jerome? Jerome: I live in Italy, in the mountains. Bruce: Why do you live in the mountains? Jerome: I’m a writer and I lik e the weather in the mountains. Bruce: What do you mean? Jerome: The weather always changes. Today it’s snowing but that’s not usual because it’s spring and often in spring the weather is warm. Bruce: OK, thanks Jerome. Now, Mathilde, you don’t live in the mountains do you? Mathilde: No, I live in the Netherlands, in Maasbommel. Bruce: Do you live in the city? Mathilde: No, I live on a river! Bruce: Do you live in a boat? Mathilde: No, my house is on the river. It floats. I can look out of the window and see the weather change. I love the rain and I love icy weather! Bruce: Really? Most people prefer the sunshine! Now, what about you, Isabel? Where do you live? Isabel: I live on a farm in the south of Sweden. Bruce: What’s the weather like in the south of Sweden? Isabel: Mm ... It’s often windy and it often rains. In the winter it snows a lot. Bruce: Do you prefer the snow or rain? Isabel: I don’t like the rain or the snow. I prefer the s un!
Activity 4 Suggested answers: A: What’s the weather like in Brazil? B: It’s hot and humid. A: What’s the weather like in Ireland? B: It’s cloudy and windy. A: What’s the weather like in Australia? B: It’s hot and sunny.
Activity 4 1 c 2 d
3 b
Activity 5 1 c 2 c
3 b
Activity 5 1 prefer rainy, prefer sunny, like playing 2 sunshine, They prefer, don’t like hot 3 like living, prefers, rainy 4 music, prefer classical, like listening 5 prefer holidays, on the beach, like hot, prefer, usually cloudy 6 an apartment, a house, prefer, relaxing, like
Activity 7 Student’s own answers.
Activity 6 Student’s own answers. Activity 7 Student’s own answers.
CONSOLIDATION Activity 1 1 He prefers snow and ice. 2 Kenyah lives in Indonesia.
130
Activity 6 a I b I c J
4 a
d J
eM
f M, I
Activity 8 1 raining 2 rain 3 prefer 4 hot 5 spring 6 rains 7 weather Activity 9 Student’s own answers.
SELF TEST Activity 1 Seasons: spring, summer, winter Compass points: north, west, east
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Weather: temperature, windy, degrees Continents: Europe, Asia, Australasia Landscapes: forest, mountains, river Activity 2 1 is snowing 2 shines, is 3 rains, is blowing 4 Is it raining, isn’t raining Activity 3 a 4 b 1
c3
d 2
Activity 4 1 north 2 some pigs 3 wet 4 snowing 5 summer 6 dry
Nell: Host: Nell:
Host: Nell:
Host: Nell:
Host:
Nell:
Host: Nell:
Host:
I love shopping Activity 1 1 f 2 d 3 g 4 c Activity 2 1 b 2 c
5 b
6 e
7 a
3 a
Activity 3 1 The woman. 2 A magazine and pens. Activity 4 1 wants 2 Hannah’s 3 Billy 4 big 5 expensive 6 £267.15
60
TV Host:
UNIT 6. SHOPPING
Hello and welcome to Farming Week, with me Maria Gold. My guest today is Nell Fergus. Nell is a farmer in the north of England. Welcome Nell. Hello. What animals have you got on your farm, Nell? We’ve got some chickens and some pigs but we’ve got a lot of cows. Are they OK today? Well, it’s winter and the pigs don’t like the cold weather. Are they happy in the summer? No, they prefer the spring. It’s warm and wet and they like the rain. I see. Do your cows like the winter? What’s the weather like at the moment? It’s snowing at the moment and the cows don’t like snow. They prefer the summer. It’s hot and they can walk on the hills. And finally, are your chickens OK? Oh yes. They have got a chicken house so they are always happy. Actually, they don’t like icy weather, or windy weather … and they don’t like snow, or rain! No, they prefer hot, dry weather. Let me ask you about …
Activity 5 1 When they come to London, they go to the theatre one day, they go sightseeing another day and they go shopping another day. 2 Socks 3 Cheese for Angela 4 Pens 5Three times a week Activity 6 Student’s own answers.
READING Activity 1 1 medicine 2 meat 3 vegetables 4 newspapers and magazines 5 fruit 6 cigarettes 7 haircut 8 stationery Activity 2 1 c 2 a
3 b
Activity 5 Suggested answers: 1 I prefer cold weather. 2 It’s raining today. 3The weather’s hot in the summer. 4 I live in the east. 5 I don’t like windy and rainy weather. 6The weather in Australia is hot and dry at the moment.
Activity 3 2 meat – but cher’s (Covered Market ) 3 vegetables – greengrocer’s ( Covered Market ) 4 newspapers and magazines – newsagent’s ( Covered Market ) 5 fruit – greengrocer ’s ( Covered Market ) 6 cigarettes – newsagent’s (Covered Market ) 7 haircut – hairdresser ’s ( Covered Market ) 8 stationery/stationery shop – supermarket ( Tesco )
Activity 6 Student’s own answers.
Activity 4 13 2 7 Half of the shops in the market sell food. 33 4 7 There are 150 Debenhams department stores across the UK. 53 6 7 There are 5,000 Tesco supermarkets around the world. 73
61
1 What sort of weather do you prefer, hot or cold? 2 What’s the weather like today? 3 In your country, what’s the weather like in the summer? 4 Do you live in the north, south, east or west? 5 What sort of weather don’t you like? 6 What’s the weather like in Australia at the moment?
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Activity 5 1 fresh 2 electrical equipment 3 rubber 4 haircut 5 soap 6 butcher’s
131
Answer key creative but a lot of people just want the same style, the same cut as they usually have.
LANGUAGE STUDY Activity 1
6 Eva Sometimes I sell medicine and sometimes I sell shampoo. And sometimes I sell perfume. It always changes. I like that. It’s not boring.
63
hello
hotel
hairdresser
house
Activity 2 64
hello have
hotel hat
hairdresser
house
hi
husband
hair
Activity 3 1 A: Hello. How are you? B: I’m OK. But it’s very hot today. 2 A: What have we got to eat? B: We’ve got some hamburgers. A: Oh no! I hate meat. 3 A: How much is this handbag? B: It’s a hundred euros. A: Can I have it, please?
67
1 A: Can I have that magazine, please? B: Of course. There you are. A: Thank you. B: You’re welcome.
65
1 A: Hello. How are you? B: I’m OK. But it’s very hot today. 2 A: What have we got to eat? B: We’ve got some hamburgers. A: Oh no! I hate meat. 3 A: How much is this handbag? B: It’s a hundred euros. A: Can I have it, please? Activity 4 1 bookshop 5 hairdresser ’s
2 flower shop 6 chemist’s
2 A: The watch is great! Thank you so much. B: It’s a pleasure. 3 A: Here’s your newspaper. B: Thank you very much indeed. A: Not at all.
3 newsagent’s
4 baker’s
Sophie (3) and Harry (5) are not happy with their jobs. Sophie wants another job because people are unfriendly. Harry is bored because people don’t want to change their hairstyle.
66
1 Oliver I love my job. People ask me what I think of this book or that book and I can help them buy the right one. 2 Tina Every day I come to work, smell the flowers and look at the beautiful colours. Sometimes people want to buy them for sad reasons, but a lot of people want to buy them to celebrate something. 3 Sophie I have a long day and the people who come into our shop are always impatient. Some want a newspaper, others want cigarettes or chocolate. No one is friendly. I want to change. 4 Paul My father and grandfather do the same job. We start very early in the morning and we work hard but it’s a good job. And everybody loves good bread. 5 Harry I spend the day looking at people’s heads. I want to be
132
Activity 5 1 A: Can B: are A: you B: welcome 2 A: much B: pleasure 3 B: very much A: Not
Activity 6 1 Don’t forget your computer. 2 Remember your hat and gloves. 3 Remember to buy some cheese. 4 Don’t forget to take your lunch. 5 Remember not to spend all your money. Activity 7 Suggested answers: 2 Don’t forget to buy some meat from the butcher’s! 3 Remember to buy some flowers from the flower shop! 4 Don’t forget to buy some medicine from the chemist’s! 5 Remember to buy some fruit from the greengrocer’s! 6 Don’t forget to buy some books from the bookshop! 7 Remember to buy some bread from the baker’s! 8 Don’t forget to buy a newspaper from the newsagent! Activity 8 1 This 2 those 3 these 4 that 5 That 6 this Activity 9 1 A: Do you lik e these T-shirts? B: Yes, they’re OK. But I prefer those ones. A: Really? Those ones are very expensive. 2 A: How much is this perfume? B: This one in the green bottle? A: No, that one in the pink bottle.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
B: Oh yes, the pink one is £39.99. 3 A: Those socks are for Uncle Bob. B: Really? Those ones are for me. A: No, these ones are for you. 4 A: I can’t find my shopping bag. B: Please use this one. A: Really? That one is perfect. Thanks. B: No problem.
2 100 grams 3 a pound 4 half a kilo Activity 4 1 c, e, h 2 h
3 b, f
4d
5 g
6a
Activity 5 1 San Francisco 2 a supermarket 3 a supermarket 4 a shopping centre
68
1 A: Do you like these T-shirts? B: Yes, they’re OK. But I prefer those ones. A: Really? Those ones are very expensive. 2 A: How much is this perfume? B: This one in the green bottle? A: No, that one in the pink bottle. B: Oh yes, the pink one is £39.99. 3 A: Those socks are for Uncle Bob. B: Really? Those ones are for me. A: No, these ones are for you. 4 A: I can’t find my shopping bag. B: Please use this one. A: Really? That one is perfect. Thanks. B: No problem. Activity 10 1 A: How do you like these flowers? B: I think they’re beautiful. 2 A: What do you think of this perfume? B: I think it’s lovely. Activity 11 1 What do you think of these socks? 2 How do you like that pen? 3 What do you think of this computer game? 4 How do you like those flowers?
Activity 6 13 23 3 7 Supermarkets UK offer Internet shopping. 4 7 The presenter doesn’t want to do his shopping at Supermarkets UK. / He wants to do his shopping at the market. 5 7 Supermarkets UK are expensive and dirty, and they close early. Activity 7 2 now 3 1950s 4 1950s 5 now 6 1950s 7 now Activity 8 Student’s own answers.
READING Activity 1 Student’s own answers. Activity 2 a 3 b 1
c 2
Activity 3 a Queen Victoria Market b Portobello Market c Hell’s Kitchen Flea Market Activity 4 PM
HKFM
1 It´s a new market.
3
Activity 12 Suggested answers: 1 I think they’re terrible / not very good. 2 I think it’s great / beautiful / really good. 3 I think it’s OK / nice. 4 I think they’re beautiful.
2 It sells jewellery.
3
Activity 13 Student’s own answers.
6 It´s only open at the weekend.
Activity 14 Student’s own answers.
3 You can eat there.
3
4 You can buy clothes.
3
5 It´s an old market.
3
7 The best day to go there is Saturday. 8 You can listen to music there.
QVM
3 3
3
3 3
3 3 3
Can I have a pound of bananas? Activity 1 Student’s own answers. Activity 2 Greek salad, feta pie, fidget pie, steak pie, Bakewell tart, pears, apples
Activity 5 1 southern hemisphere 2 souvenirs 3 views 4 antiques 5 jewellery 6 snacks
Activity 3 1 half a pound
THAT’S ENGLISH!
133
Answer key LANGUAGE STUDY
CONSOLIDATION
Activity 1
Activity 1 Student’s own answers.
70
1 What’s your name? 2 Where can we have lunch? 3 How do you like this book?
Activity 2 1 Yes 2 It is outside 3 Having lunch with friends
Activity 2 Activity 3 1 7 The writer lives in a modern town. 2 7 The mall isn’t in the town centre. 33 43 5 7 The mall has two department stores. 63 7 7 The writer is a woman.
71
1 What job do you do? 2 Where do you live? 3 How much is that shirt? 4 How old is she? 5 What do you think of it? 6 How do you like them? Activity 3 a tin / can b pound c packet d can e pint f bottle
Activity 4 Student’s own answers. Activity 5 chemist’s market bookshop
Activity 4
cost (£ / p)
carrots
2
£1.20
apples
0.5
70p
tomatoes
0.5
£1
lettuce
2
£1.20
oranges
1
£1
onions
2
£1
72
Woman: Man: Woman:
Man:
Woman:
Yes, darling. What can I get you? How much are the carrots? Sixty pence a kilo. Can I have two kilos, please? Of course you can. Thanks. And how much are the apples? One pound twenty a kilo. I don’t want a kilo. How about this, you can have half a kilo of apples for 70p. OK, great. And the tomatoes look good. They’re two pounds a kilo. Can I have half a k ilo of them, please? That’s a pound for the tomatoes. Anything else? Yes, how much is this lettuce? It’s eighty pence, but you can have two for one pound twenty. OK. Let’s do that. And finally, oranges. These are very good. They’re a pound a kilo. Good. Can I have a kilo, please? And that’s all, thanks. Oh no, wait. What about onions? Onions? What do you think of these? They’re 65p a kilo but you can have two kilos for a pound. Fantastic! Now, how much is all that?
Activity 5 Student’s own answers. Activity 6 Student’s own answers.
134
stationery shop
newsagent’s
73
quantity (kg)
Man: Woman: Man: Woman: Man: Woman: Man: Woman: Man: Woman: Man: Woman: Man: Woman: Man:
hairdresser ’s
Sandy: Hi. Layla. Come in. Layla: Hi Sandy. Sandy: OK, before I tell you about the house, let me tell you about the area. Layla: Yes, are there any shops near here? Sandy: Around the corner there’s a chemist and a newsagent’s. I think they’re very good. So if you want to buy toothpaste, medicine or newspapers, they’re very near – and they’re open on Sundays. Layla: Are we near the city centre here? Sandy: The city centre is not far away but there are a lot of shops and restaurants near here. There’s a market in the next street. The market is on Saturdays and Sundays. You can buy bread, fruit and vegetables and some snacks. I think it’s great. Layla: Can I buy meat there too? Sandy: They don’t have meat there, but there’s a very good butcher’s in the city centre. And there’s a bookshop and a stationer’s in Elm Street, which is only two streets from here. Layla: How about a café? Do I need to go to the city centre? Sandy: No! There’s a café next door! Everyone in the area meets there. I think it’s really nice. Layla: Sounds great. Sandy: Well, that’s probably all. Oh, there is a hairdresser’s next to the chemist’s, but I think it’s terrible. Anyway, I don’t think you need one. You’ve got lovely hair … Activity 6 1 not far from 2 open 3 at weekends 4 food 5 butcher’s 6 stationer’s Activity 7 a They’re very good. b It’s great. c It’s really nice. d It’s terrible. Activity 8 Student’s own answers.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
SELF TEST Activity 1 1 S U P E R M A R K E T 2 B O O K S H O P 3 N E W S A G E N T S 4 ST AT I O N E R S 5 S H O P P I N G M A L L 6 C A F E 7 F L O W E R S H O P 8 H A I R D R E S S E R S 9 C H E M I S T S 10 M A R K E T The hidden shop is: post office. Activity 2 2 A: What do you think of the newsagent’s? B: I think it’s terrible. 3 A: How do you like the hairdresser’s? B: I think it’s OK. 4 A: What do you think of the department store? B: I think it’s great. 5 A: How do you like the market? B: I think it’s beautiful. 6 A: What do you think of the bookshop? B: I think it’s boring. Activity 3 1 c 2 b
3 a
4 d
A: And the last thing on the list is tomatoes. A small tin of tomatoes please. B: Two hundred grams? A: Two hundred grams. Perfect. Thanks. How much is that? Activity 7 1 a pint 2 300ml 3 200g 4 2lbs 5 750 ml
MONEY
UNIT 7.
What do you spend your money on? Activity 1 a credit card b banknote c coins d dollars e pounds f yen g cash point h receipt Activity 2 1 buy 2 change 3 earn 4 pay 5 spend 6 invest Activity 3 1 Her children go to school in Sweden. 2 He wants £800 from the cash point, / He gets £7 from the receptionist.
Activity 4 1 A: this B: This 2 A: those B: These 3 A: those B: These 4 A: this B: that
Activity 4 1 b 2 b
3 a
4 b
Activity 5 13 2 7 The businessman wants to invest in an apartment in Paris. 3 7 The businessman wants to take a taxi to the train station. 43 5 7 The blonde businesswoman travels all over the world. 63 7 7 There is a problem with the businessman’s passport.
Activity 5 2 to call 3 to close 4 not to come 5 to buy 6 not to speak
Activity 6 Speaker
1
Clothes Activity 6 a 5 b 4
c 2
5 b
d 3
e 1
2
3
3
Technology
4
5
3
3
3
3
8 3
3 3
7
3
Holidays Other
6
3
3 3
74
A: How much is the milk? B: It’s 50p a pint. A: OK, can I have a pint, please? And a can of lemonade. Is that 330 millilitres? B: Yes. A: Great, a can of lemonade and a bottle of wine, please. That’s a litre is it? B: It’s 750 millilitres, but that’s the usual size. A: Right. A packet of sugar. Do you have different sizes? B: We just have this one. It’s just under a kilo. A: Oh, that’s two pounds.That’s great. Can I have that, p lease? B: Of course.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Activity 7 Student’s own answers.
READING Activity 1 Student’s own answers. Activity 2 Student’s own answers.
135
Answer key Activity 3 1 money, family 2 work, love 3 work 4 health Activity 4 2 She eats with them, and she takes lots of holidays with her family. 3 He pays for his food and accommodation with his parents’ money and a loan from the bank. 4 They’re in love. 5 She’s a teacher. 6 She doesn’t have a big salary. 7 He’s a journalist. 8 He plays golf with his friends. Activity 5 1 to borrow 2 budget 3 loan 4 mortgage 5 earnings 6 to waste 7 bill
Activity 1 76
[/ /]
television
Activity 5 Suggested answers: 1 to pay for my children’s education. 2 to go to the beach / to go on holiday. 3 to borrow some money. 4 to finish this project / his report. Activity 6 1e 2a
LANGUAGE STUDY
[/ d /] January
and thirty-two thousand euros. Rob: Have we got any money in our bank accounts? Paula: I’ve got two hundred and eighty-six thousand, five hundred in my bank account. Rob: I’ve got three hundred and two thousand. Paula: That leaves … five thousand. Rob: We can pay three thousand nine hundred by cr edit card. Paula: And I’ve got six hundred euros in cash! Rob: Brilliant!
journey usually
Japan Asia
age
manager
Egypt
pleasure
Activity 2
3c
4d
5b
Activity 7 1 bank account 2 cashpoint 3 budget 4 spend 5 earnings 6 save 7 buy 8 borrow 9 loan 10 savings Activity 8 Student’s own answers
77
1 The manager lives in Egypt. 2 They are on a journey to Japan. 3 They usually watch television on Thursday. 4 ‘Thanks.’ ‘It’s my pleasure!’ 5 It’s a good time to visit Asia in January. Activity 3 78
1 six hundred and eighty-two 2 four thousand, eight hundred and ninety 3 thirteen thousand, six hundred and seventy-four 4 two hundred and fifty-six thousand, five hundred and eighty-nine 5 four million, five hundred thousand 6 two million, eight hundred and seventy-two thousand, six hundred and forty Activity 4 House price: €2,400,000 Rob’s mortgage: €975,000 Paula’s mortgage: €832,000 Paula’s bank account: €286,500 Rob’s bank account: €302,000 Credit card: €3,900 Cash: €600
Activity 9 Student’s own answers
How much does it cost? Activity 1 Student’s own answers. Activity 2 Student’s own answers. Activity 3 1 Peter’s bank offers current, savings accounts. 2 You can´t make payments or write cheques. 3 You can buy goods and get c ash from a cashpoint. 4 A loan is when you borrow money from the bank to buy somethin g. A mortgage is a special loan to buy a house or flat. 5 You can manage your accounts from your own home. Activity 4
1 travel , holidays 2
rent
3
vacations
4
travel
5
retire early
79
Paula: Rob: Paula: Rob: Paula:
136
OK Rob, we want to buy a new house. Yes, Paula. It’s two million, four hundred thousand euros. That’s a lot! How much money can we borrow? I can get a mortgage for nine hundred and seventyfive thousand euros. Right. And I can get a mortgage for eight hundred
Activity 5 1 £1,200 2 £2,500 3 £15.99
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Activity 6 1 British 2 a housewife 3 1955 4 New York 5 pineapple
83
1 Certainly. 2 No problem. 5 OK. 6 Great.
Activity 7
the automat
the modern fast-food restaurant
coffee
10 c
$4
sandwich
30 c
$4.99
pie
15 c
$4.50
TOTAL
55 c
$13.49
READING Activity 1
Student’s own answers.
3 b
Activity 3
car
Finn
Rio
3
cigarettes
3
clothes
3
travel
3
going to the gym
3
eating out
Activity 3 1 rather 2 very 3 rather 4 not very 5 rather, very
84
Student’s own answers.
Norman
4 Really?
Josie: Hi, I’m Josie. I use my money to go on holiday and to eat out in restaurants. Interviewer: Great! How often do you eat in restaurants? Josie: Every day! It’s rather expensive, but I hate cooking! Carol: My name’s Carol. I go to the hairdresser s every week. Interviewer: Really? Why do you go to the hairdresser’s every week? Carol: My hairdresser is very handsome and I like talking to him! Mike: Hi, I’m Mike. I work in an office. Interviewer: Really? Is your job interesting? Mike: Not really. It’s rather boring. Also I don’t like my manager. Interviewer: Why not? What’s the problem with your manager? Mike: He’s not very intelligent. Paul: Hi, I’m Paul. I’m buying an apartment with my girlfriend. Interviewer: That’s wonderful! Have you got a mortgage? Paul: No, my girlfriend’s father is rather rich and very generous. He wants to help us pay for the apartment.
Activity 8
Activity 2 1 c 2 a
3 Yes, of course.
Activity 4 1 Because she hates cooking. 2 Because her hairdresser is very handsome and she likes talking
3
to him. Activity 4 2 Norman 3 Finn 4 Rio 5 Norman 6 Norman
3 He works in an office. 4 No, because his girlfriend’s father wants to help them pay for the
Activity 5 1 taxi driver
Activity 6 1 hers 2 theirs 3 our 4 your 5 my 6 hers
apartment. Activity 5
Student’s own answers.
2 up
3 fit
4 club
5 model
6 expensive
LANGUAGE STUDY Activity 2 1
polite
2
4
3
5
6
3
not polite
enthusiastic
3
3
3
1
2
3
3
unenthusiastic
THAT’S ENGLISH!
3
3
3
4
5
6
3
3
3
Activity 7 2 ‘Whose are these train tickets?’ ‘They’re Paul’s.’ 3 ‘Whose are these cigarettes?’ ‘They’re mine.’ 4 ‘Whose is this car?’ ‘It’s theirs.’ 5 ‘Whose are these children? They’re theirs.’ Activity 8
Student’s own answers.
CONSOLIDATION 3
Activity 1 1 B 2 C
3 A
137
Answer key Activity 2 1 7 Hadley doesn’t check her bank account. 2 7 Hadley doesn’t need to buy more shoes. 33 4 7 Tanya thinks that Ashton should talk to his bank manager. 5 7 Paula’s life style isn’t very healthy. 63 Activity 3 a I think buying a house is a good idea. b Have you got a job? / Can your family give you money? c Talk to your bank manager. Activity 4 Student’s own answers. Activity 5 1 32,000 2 fishing 3 100 4 60,000 5 tennis 6 450 7 1,500 8 theatre 9 50
Carrie:
Antoine:
Activity 6 1 a 2 b
I’m a police officer. I earn 32,000 pounds per year and I think I spend a lot of it on going out! I’m very sociable and I love meeting my friends and going to bars. My other hobby is fishing and my friends also enjoy fishing. I’ve got a mortgage and I spend my money on that. I don’t really save money, maybe less than 100 pounds a month. My job is difficult and I like going out when I’m not working. I’m Carrie and I earn a lot of money. I’m an IT designer and I work on different projects. I earn about 60,000 pounds a year. After paying all the bills I can s ave about 450 pounds a month. I’ve got cheap hobbies - I enjoy tennis and gardening. But I spend a lot on the mortgage. My husband doesn’t work. He looks after our daughter. She’s 8. Hello, my name is Antoine and I live in London. I never really know how much money I’ve got. I work as an actor and sometimes I work for no money. I earn around 1,500 pounds per month but sometimes I earn more than that. Every month, I pay my rent, go to the theatre with friends and buy food. It’s difficult to save money, but I sometimes save about 50 pounds. I’m not married and I don’t have a family.
3 a
4 a
5 c
6 b
4 f
5 c
6 e
Activity 4 1 2,816 2 1,590,000 3 327 4 415 5 184 6 19
SELF TEST 3 c
4 c
5 b
6 b
7 c
Activity 5 Student’s own answers. Activity 6 Student’s own answers.
87
1 How much money do you earn? 2 What do you spend your money on? 3 Do you have your own house? How do you pay for it? 4 Do you waste your money? What do you waste it on? 5 What is important to you, holidays, technology or clothes? 6 Do you spend a lot of money on travelling?
UNIT 8. WHO DOES WHAT AT HOME You don’t have to do the hoovering Activity 1 1, 3, 5, 7 Activity 2 1 The man and the woman do the housework. 2 The man tidies the room. Activity 3 1 M 2 M
3W
4W
5 M
6W
Activity 4 1 is 2 want 3 like 4 a cleaner 5 arrives
Activity 8 Student’s own answers.
138
3 a
1 I’ve got 2,816 pounds in my bank account. 2 That house costs 1,590,000 pounds. 3 I want 327 pounds to buy some new golf clubs. 4 Do you really spend 415 pounds a month at the hairdresser´s? That’s rather a lot! 5 I don’t think 184 pounds is very expensive for dinner. There are six of us! 6 19 pounds! That’s a very expensive bottle of wine.
Activity 7 2 Whose is this tennis racket? It’s Carrie’s. 3 Whose is this fishing rod? It’s Max’s. 4 Whose is this computer? It’s Carrie’s. 5 Whose is this hat? It’s Max’s.
Activity 1 1 c 2 a
Activity 3 1 d 2 b
86
85
Max:
Activity 2 1 I’m running to catch a train. 2 They’re starting work early to finish an important project. 3 She’s going to the cashpoint to take money out. 4 He’s calling the bank manager to ask for a loan.
8 b
Activity 5 1 Tamsin 2 Anna 3 Anna 4 Tamsin 5 Anna 6 Tamsin
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Activity 6 Student’s own answers.
5 have to share 6 have to make 7 doesn’t have to take 8 don’t have to wear
READING Activity 1 1 a 2 c
3 d
4 e
Activity 7
5 b
Activity 2 Sue
make
do
the beds a cup of tea the sandwiches
Activity 3 1 Sue 2 Ross 3 Sue 4 Sue 5 Ross 6 Ross Activity 4 1 7 Ross thinks they share the housework equally. 23 33 4 7 Ross offers to do the washing-up but then he watches TV. 5 7 Sue does the washing at weekends. 6 7 Ross doesn’t help Sue with the housework on Saturdays and Sundays.
the hoovering the washing the shopping the cooking the ironing the washing-up the dusting
Activity 8 a walk b put / take c take d water e feed Activity 9
Activity 5 1 in the car 2 the beds 3 the cat 4 the washing-up
LANGUAGE STUDY Greg
Activity 1 89
pen
bread
left
yes
very
3
Kara
3
Mum
3
3
3
3
3
Dad
90
Ava
shirt
3
2
Activity 2
girl
3
1
earn
word
work
nurse
church
3
3 Josh
3
Activity 3 Emily
/e/ ahead, America, help, cheque, ten, very /:/ German, thirsty, Thursday, turn, world
4 Daniel
91
ahead America help Thursday turn world
German very
Activity 4 1 Do you have to wear 2 We have to wear 3 do you have to do 4 We have to stay 5 One girl has to stay 6 Does she have to do 7 She has to write Activity 5 1 We don’t have to go 2 John doesn’t have to wear 3 Helen doesn’t have to pay 4 My parents don’t have to work. Activity 6 1 have to be 2 don’t have to pay 3 has to put/take 4 don’t have to do
THAT’S ENGLISH!
cheque
ten
thirsty
3
Nick
3 3
5 Grace
3
92
1 Greg and Kara We share the cooking and washing-up, but I do the Greg: washing and she always makes the beds. Kara: That’s true. Oh, and I do the ironing, too. 2 Mum and Dad Mum has to do everything. Sometimes, dad sits in the kitchen and talks to her, but he doesn’t do any housework. Mum does all the cooking, all the hoovering and the ironing, too. 3 Ava and Josh Ava: I do the cooking and he does the cleaning. You know, the hoovering. We both share the washing and we walk the dogs together. Josh: Mm.
139
Answer key 4 Emily and Daniel Emily: We both work but I do nearly everything at home. OK, he does the washing-up sometimes and makes the bed sometimes. Daniel: Um, yes, I suppose that ‘s right. 5 Nick and Grace Nick: We share the housework but I do the cooking. It’s OK because I love cooking. I travel to a new country every year and learn some new dishes. I think my wife is lucky. Grace: And he’s lucky because I do all the washing and ironing and I never complain. Activity 12 c
93
Jess: Evie: Jess: Evie: Jess:
Evie: Jess:
Evie: Jess:
Evie:
Evie, can you do something for me? What’s that, Jess? Can you do the hoovering in your room this week, please? Really? Is it untidy? It’s really untidy, Evie. There are clothes on the floor and on the chairs. You have to do your washing every week. Of course, you don’t have to do the ironing. Oh, right. Thanks. And talking of the kitchen, please don’t leave your dirty dishes on the kitchen table. After you cook a meal, you have to do the washing-up. I don’t want to come home and have to do your washing-up before I make my meal. Don’t leave it for me. OK. And after you have a bath or shower, can you clean the bathroom, please? It’s OK if I have to clean up sometimes, but not all the time. I’m not your mother. OK? OK. Sorry, Jess.
Activity 13 1 lazy 2 doesn’t have to 3 doesn’t do 4 sometimes 5 friend Activity 14 1 hoovering 2 room 3 untidy 4 clothes 5 washing 6 ironing 7 dirty 8 kitchen 9 washing-up 10 bathroom
How do you share housework? Activity 1 Student’s own answers. Activity 2 1 a, e, f, j 2 d 3 d, e 4 a, c, h 5 a, j, c 6 a, f, g, h 7 b, c
140
Activity 3 people who
people who share
people who
do most of the
the housework
do very little
housework
housework
Sophie (UK) Suzanne Gill
Sophie (USA)
Shannon
Activity 4 1, 3, 6, 7, 8, 9 Activity 5 1 8:30 2 stays at home 3 does all the housework 4 goes out to work 5 different times 6 shares the housework with her husband Activity 6 Student’s own answers.
READING Activity 1 1 b 2 a
3 e
4 c
Activity 2 b 3 c 5
d 1
e 4
Activity 3 a 5 b 1
c 4
e 3
5 d
f 2
Activity 4 2 the old man, conversation 2 3 the customer, conversation 4 4 the father, conversation 3 5 the two chambermaids, conversation 1
LANGUAGE STUDY Activity 1 95
Is your name Smith? Are you married?
96
1 Is your name Smith? 2 Are you married? 3 Do you live in London? 4 Have you got a dishwasher? 5 Does your kettle work? 6 Can you help me? Activity 2 1 oven 2 washing machine 3 dishwasher 4 toaster 5 iron 6 microwave oven Activity 3 2 often 3 sometimes 4 never 5 usually 6 never
THAT’S ENGLISH!
5 7 The majority of women don’t relax when they come home after work. They have to cook and clean for their families.
97
Reporter: Man: Reporter: Man: Reporter: Man: Reporter: Man: Reporter: Man: Reporter: Man: Reporter: Man: Reporter: Man: Reporter: Man: Reporter: Man: Reporter: Man: Reporter: Man:
Excuse me, sir. Can I ask you some questions about how often you do jobs in the house? Sure. Thank you. OK, the first question: At home, do you do the washing-up? Yes. Not all the time, but I do it sometimes. Sometimes? Yes. That’s great. Do you have a dishwasher? Yes, I do. Do you use it every day? No, but I often use it. OK, thanks. Do you use a microwave oven? Yes, but not often. I usually use the oven on our cooker. I see. Do you do the ironing? The what? Oh, the ironing. No, not at all. I never do the ironing. Oh, right. Do you use a toaster? Oh, yes. I like toast for breakfast every day. Every day. OK. Great. And finally, do you have a washing machine? Yes, of course. And do you do the washing? No. My wife usually does it but I don’t. Do you do it sometimes? No. Never. That’s lovely. Thank you very much indeed. You’re welcome.
Activity 4 Student’s own answers. Activity 5 1 Can you do something for me? 2 Can you do the washing-up for me? 3 Can you help me to find my glasses? 4 Can you help me with the dinner? 5 Can you clean the bathroom? 6 Can you help me to make the bed? Activity 6 Suggested answers: b Can you open this bottle (for me)? c Can you help me to clean the bathroom? d Can you take the children to school? e Can you put the rubbish out (for me)? f Can you help me to cook dinner? Activity 7 Suggested answers: 1 Can you help me with the washing-up, please? I’m sorry, I can’t – I have to do my homework. 2 Can you help me to cook dinner? Of course. 3 Can you put the rubbish out (for me)? Of course. 4 Can you feed the dogs? / Can you walk the dogs? I’m sorry, I can’t – I have to do the washing-up. 5 Can you do the ironing? I’m sorry, I can’t – I have to clean the bathroom.
CONSOLIDATION Activity 1 1 b 2 d
3 c
Activity 3 Student’s own answers. Activity 4 1 do the washing-up 2 take his dog for a walk / walk his dog for him 3 water her plants 4 put her rubbish out (in the morning)
98
1 Sue: Hello,
Mum. It’s Sue. I’m really sorry, but can you help me? Mum: Yes, sure. What’s the matter? Sue: Well, the dishwasher isn’t working. Can you do the washing-up for me please? I have to do the hoovering and the shopping. I don’t have time to do the washing-up! Mum: No problem. I can come to your house immediately. Sue: Great. I can make some coffee ... 2 Sean: Hi Dave. Dave: Hi Sean. Sean: Dave, can you help me with something? Dave: Of course. Sean: Can you take my dog for a walk? Dave: Sure. Is everything OK? Sean: Yes, but I’ve got a bad leg and I can’t walk very well. Dave: That’s fine. Hope you get better soon. 3 Madeleine:
Oh, Sam. I’m away on holiday all next month. Can you water my plants for me? Sam: Of course, Madeleine. Do you want me to do anything else? Madeleine: No, just the plants. Thank you so much. Sam: No problem. 4 Sara: Toby. Hi. Toby: Hi Sara. How are things? Sara: Good, thanks. But my sister is in hospital and I have to stay with her tonight. Toby: Oh? Sorry to hear that. Sara: Thanks, but listen, can you put my rubbish out in the morning? Toby: Oh, yeah. No problem. Sara: Thanks, Toby. Activity 5 1 She has a problem with her dishwasher: it isn’t working. 2 He’s got a bad leg and can’t walk very well. 3 Madeleine is on holiday for all next month. 4 Sara’s sister is in hospital. Activity 6 Student’s own answers.
4 a
Activity 2 13 2 7 Men and women don’t share the housework equally. 3 7 Twenty per cent of men share the hous ework equally with their partners. 43
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Activity 7 Emily asks Lisa to do three things: do the dusting, make the beds, clean the two bathrooms. Activity 8 Student’s own answers.
141
Answer key 2 Tennis, running and gymnastics.
SELF TEST Activity 1 a the washing-up b the rubbish out c the gardening d the beds e the plants f the shopping g the bathroom h the dog
Activity 4 1 Eric 2 Anna 3 Mr Cheeseman 4 Anna 5 Eric 6 Anna Activity 5 1, 2, 6
Activity 2 1 do 2 microwave 3 washing 4 feed 5 walk 6 rubbish 7 water 8 do Activity 3 1 c 2 h
3 e
Activity 6 Student’s own answers.
READING Activity 1 Student’s own answers.
4 g
5 a
6 d
7 f
8 b
Activity 4 1 toaster 2 washing machine 3 oven 4 dishwasher 5 iron 6 cooker 7 microwave 8 kettle
Activity 2 2 picture a 4 picture b 5 picture c 1 Elton John 2 Lady Gaga, J.K. Rowling Activity 3 1 E 2 A 3 D 4 B 5 C
Activity 5 1 have to wear 2 don’t have to get up 3 have to pay 4 has to finish 5 doesn’t have to take 6 don’t have to clean 7 have to do
Activity 4 1 Madonna 2 Elton John 3 J.K. Rowling 4 Lady Gaga 5 Jay-Z
Activity 6 1 Can you make, I have to go 2 Do I have to make, can you do 3 Can you help, I have to go 4 Do I have to do, can you help 5 Can you help, I have to meet 6 Can you water, I have to take
LANGUAGE STUDY
Activity 5 1 c 2 b
UNIT 9. PAST EVENTS Let´s dance Activity 1 1 b 2 f 3 a
4 d
5 c
6 e
Activity 2 1 maths 2 science 3 music 4 drawing 5 PE 6 art 7 drama 8 cookery Activity 3 1 They are planning a party / a school disco
142
3 a
4 b
Activity 1 1 was 2 was 3 were 4 were 5 were 6 was 7 were Activity 2 1 was 2 was 3 were 4 were 5 were 6 was 7 were 8 were 9 were Activity 3 1 married 2 planned 3 worked 4 arrived 5 stayed 6 tidied
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Activity 4 103 100
love, loved play, played work, worked
enjoy, enjoyed
like, liked
101
want, wanted
hate, hated
decide, decided
Activity 5 -ed pronounced /t/ or / d/:
-ed pronounced /d/: with
no extra syllable
an extra syllable
change › changed
end › ended
divorce › divorced
hate › hated
live › lived
invest › invested
listen › listened
start › started
study › studied watch › watched
On my birthday my mum bought me a bike. The roads were quiet and riding a bike was easy. But one day I was on my bike and a car suddenly came out in front of me. It didn’t stop, and I didn’t stop. They took me to hospital in an ambulance. That’s where I met Suzy. I knew her from school and she was in hospital too. We We started talking and soon I fell in love with Suzy. She was my first kiss. Activity 9 1 big 2 secondary 3 father 4 on his bike 5 kissed Activity 10 b 7 — My mother took me to school. c 5 — She said goodbye. d 8 — I was very sad. e 4 — Then I saw Mark. f 6 — We played in the class. g 3 — I had some sweets and some Coke. h 2 — We ate the sweets. i 9 — We drank the Coke. j 10 — At four o’clock I had my first boyfriend.
102
1 change, changed 2 hate, hated 3 watch, watched 4 divorce, divorced 5 invest, invested 6 live, lived 7 listen, listened 8 start, started 9 study, studied 10 end, ended
Activity 11 Student’s own answers.
Activity 6 have › had get › got write › wrote go › went see › saw give › gave meet › met speak › spoke tell › told come › came win › won make › made be › was
Those were the days Activity 1 1 d 2 a
3 b
4 c
Activity 3 1 a 2 a
3 c
4 b
Activity 4 1 c 2 a
3 e
4 d
Activity 2 b
5 b
6 g
7 f
Activity 5 1, 3, 4, 7
Activity 7 1 got 2 went 3 gave 4 was 5 had 6 met 7 came 8 spoke 9 saw 10 made 11 told 12 wrote 13 won Activity 8 d 1 f 2 b 3
When I was 12 years old, my family went to live in a big house in the c ountry ountry.. I started secondary school soon after we arrived. All the children in my area went to the same school, and we travelled to and from school together. One day we went to a small animal farm. There There were horses, sheep, pigs, hens and cows. I went with my dad and some of my friends. It was fantastic. We loved the pigs. They were very dirty!
Activity 6 1 head teacher, prizes 2 maths 3 five 4 science 5 football, hockey
a 4
THAT’S ENGLISH!
e 5
c 6
Activity 7 13 2 7 Today about 30 per cent of students go to university. 33 4 7 In the 1970s children walked to school. 53 63 7 7 40 years ago students didn’t eat a lot of fast food.
143
Answer ke key y Activity 8 Student’s own answers.
disappeared. I was very unhappy about it. Then he told me the story. It was his brother’s birthday birthday at the same time so he took my pencil case and gave it to his brother!! It was a funny story and we laughed about it.
READING Activity 1 Student’s own answers.
Activity 4 1 met 2 talked 3 were 4 told 5 took 6 gave
Activity 2 a Holly b Gwyn c Gwyn d Holly Activity 3 1 Holly 2 Gwyn’s 3 Holly 4 Holly’s 5 Gwyn 6 Gwyn
Activity 5
Activity 4 2 Gwyn walked to school. Holly went to school by bus. 3 Gwyn’s favourite subject was Lat in. Holly’s favourite s ubjects were art and English. 4 Gwyn wore a school uniform. Holly wore her own clothes. 5 Gwyn finished school when she was sixteen. Holly finished fini shed school when she was eighteen. 6 Gwyn worked in a shop. Holly went to university.
Activity 6 1 I had a prize. 2 The girls loved them. 3 I remember my grandmother. 4 It’s different today. 5 They were good for you.
106
life!! 1 This is my life 2 They want a party party.. quiet.. 3 I was very quiet see you. you. 4 I can’t see
LANGUAGE STUDY
CONSOLIDATION
Activity 1 on
last
in
ago
December 20th
month year week
2010 March
10 years five minutes
1 last week 2 on December 20th 3 in 2010 4 five minutes ago 5 in March 6 10 years ago Activity 2 1 ago 2 in 3 Last 4 in 5 in 6 last 7 ago 8 on Activity 3 1 last year 2 20 years ago 3 last week 4 in 1993
105
Last year I met an old school friend at a school reunion. We were at school 20 years ago. We were in the same sports teams. I was happy to see him again and we talked a lot about our school days. Last week we met again at a friend’s birthday party. We talked about something that happened at school in 1993. I had a new pencil case for my birthday. I loved that pencil case, but soon after my birthday it
144
Activity 7 Student’s own answers.
Activity 1 1 f 2 e 3 b
4 a
5 g
6 c
7 d
8 h
108
Shaun: Shaun:
Hi Lucy. Lucy. How are you? How was was your holiday holiday last week? Lucy:: Hi Shaun. Yes, I had a lovely time last week, thank you. Lucy Shaun:: You went away? Shaun Lucy:: No, not really. I was on holiday and I stayed at home! Lucy Shaun:: Oh - that was boring! Shaun Lucy:: Well, I had a great time. The weather was really Lucy good, so I went to the swimming pool on Monday. In the evening I had dinner at my favourite Chinese restaurant with my boyfriend. Shaun:: That’s nice. Shaun we nt shopping s hopping on Tuesday morning and Lucy:: Then I went Lucy bought some new clothes. I had lunch with my best friend, Fiona. We We went to the cinema together in the evening. Shaun:: Great. How was the film? Shaun Lucy:: It was very funny and we laughed a lot. Then I was at Lucy home. I cleaned the house and did lots of washing. And on Friday I cooked dinner for my friends. They came to my place in the evening. I went to bed at midnight, at the end of a very happy week. Shaun:: So your holiday Shaun holiday at home home was was fun!! fun!! Lucy:: Definitely! You should try it some time. Lucy Activity 2 1 7 Lucy was on holiday last week. 23 3 7 She watched a comedy film at the cinema. 4 7 She had lunch with Fiona on Tuesday. 53 6 7 Lucy’s holiday was fun.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Activity 3 1 really good 2 Chinese 3 new clothes 4 cleaned; washing 5 midnight Activity 4 Student’s Student’ s own answers. Activity 5 age 12 type of school secondary favourite teacher geography destination Scotland weather rainy, snowy season winter accommodation house location in the mountains length 1 week impression fantastic Activity 6 Student’s Student’ s own answers. Activity 7 a birthday b Tim’s c 200 d band e great f very good Activity 8 Student’s Student’ s own answers. Activity 9 Student’s Student’ s own answers.
SELF TEST Activity 1 1 music 2 science 3 English 4 cookery 5 maths 6 art Activity 2 1 doll 2 teddy bear 3 crayons 4 pencil case (and crayons) 5 pencils
109
My sister and I had different toys. She usually played with her doll. She enjoyed dressing it in different clothes and changing the hair styles. I played with my teddy bear. His name was Sooty. He was very old and he only had one eye. I also had some crayons. They were very special and I had a pencil case for them. One day my sister took my pencil case and my crayons. I looked around the house for them. In the bathroom I discovered my mother’s make-up bag. I took one of the pencils and tried to sharpen it with my pencil sharpener. It was a disaster! Then, I took another pencil and tried again. When my mother came into the bathroom and saw her make-up, she wasn’t happy!
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Activity 3 1 married 2 loved 3 played 4 lived 5 moved 6 wanted 7 walked 8 watched Activity 4 1 had 2 was 3 wrote 4 read 5 sent 6 said 7 came 8 took 9 ate 10 drank 11 spoke 12 forgot Activity 5 Student’s Student’ s own answers.
UNIT 10. TWENTIETH CENTURY REVISITED What did you do last weekend? Activity 1 1 Chernobyl 2 Kuwait 3 Pretoria 4 Paris 5 Washington 6 Berlin 7 Seville 8 Barcelona Activity 2 1 She was in Spain. 2 No, she didn’t. Flora, the tour guide, gave him the watch. Activity 3 13 23 33 4 7 Jenny didn’t get married to Cli ve. 5 7 Jenny wasn’t happy in London. 6 7 Jenny wasn’t in a car crash in Paris. She was in Paris when Princess Diana died in a car crash there. 73 83 Activity 4 1 1985 2 1986 3 1989 4 1994 5 1997 6 1995 Activity 5 1 d He went to Amsterdam. 2 e She stayed at home. 3 a He went to a club on Saturday night. 4 b He went swimming. 5 c He visited his brother in the countryside.
145
Answer key Activity 6 Student’s own answers.
READING Activity 1 a 3 b 1
c 6
d 8
e 2
Activity 2 1 e 2 b
3 a
4 j
5 f
f 5
6 c
g 9
7 i
h 10
8 d
i 7
9 g
j 4
10 h
Activity 5 a 5 b 4
Activity 3 1 He made the Model T car. 2 In San Francisco 3 It crashed into an iceberg. 4 In 1922 5 Mickey Mouse 6 Stars Wars 7 In 1989
LANGUAGE STUDY Activity 1 111
phone house beer bear tour
coat town idea wear cure
Activity 2 112
1 [/ /] 2 [/ a /] 3 [/ i /] 4 [/ e /] 5 [/ /]
know now ear chair pure
phone house beer bear tour
coat town idea wear cure
home round year hair
go out here there
Activity 3 2 Princess Diana didn’t die in a car crash in Rome. She died in a car crash in Paris. 3 Nelson Mandela didn’t become the President of Nigeria. He became the President of South Africa. 4There weren’t a lot of discos in the 1920s. There were a lot of discos in the 1970s. 5The 1950s wasn’t the beginning of the golden age of Hollywood. The 1920s was the golden age of Hollywood. 6 Henry Ford didn’t make bicycles. He made cars. 7The ‘Great Depression’ wasn’t an economic crisis in Europe. It was an economic crisis in America. 8The Titanic didn’t sink in 1920. It sank in 1912. 9There wasn’t much interest in Egypt in 1914. There was a lot of interest in Egypt in 1922, after Howard Carter discovered the tomb of Tutankhamen. 10The Gulf War didn’t start in Turkey. It started in Kuwait.
146
d 2
e 6
f 1
113
Activity 5 1 power 2 silent 3 earthquake 4 crisis 5 worried 6 tomb
know now ear chair pure
c 3
Matt :
Activity 4 1 7 Howard Carter found a tomb in Egypt. 2 7 People enjoyed going to discos in the 1970s. 33 4 7 The Cold War was between the Soviet Union and the USA. 53
1 [/ /] 2 [/ a /] 3 [/ i /] 4 [/ e /] 5 [/ /]
Activity 4 2 Who did you see at the party? 3 What did Alexander Bell invent? 4 When did Nelson Mandela leave prison? 5 What subjects did you like at school? 6 When did the Second World War finish? 7 Where did they mak e the first silent movie? 8 Who was a good friend? 9 What was her surname?
So, how many American politicians did they assassinate in the twentieth century? Ben: Well, I know one - J. F. Kennedy. Lee Harvey Oswald assassinated J.F. Kennedy in 1963. Matt : Mm, the 1960s was a bad time for politicians and film stars. The British actress Vivien Leigh died in 1967. She was only fifty-three. She played Scarlett O’Hara in Gone with the Wind , the famous film from 1939. Ben: Oh, yes. And when did Judy Garland die? Matt : That was also in the 1960s – in 1969. She was famous for her role in The Wizard of Oz . Ben: That’s right. Anyway, did anything good happen in the twentieth century, or was it all bad? Matt : There were a couple of good things. Alexander Bell made the first telephone call from New York to San Francisco in 1915. That was quite good. Ben: OK, let’s talk about firsts. The first colour TV appeared in the shops in 1951. Did you know that? Matt : No, but I do now. They made the first non-stop transatlantic flight in 1919. Did you know that? Ben: Yes, of course. We all know that! They made the first electric washing machine in 1907. Matt : Is that true? OK, they called Ella Fitzgerald the ‘firstlady of song’. Ella made her first recording in 1935. She recorded the song with the Chick Webb Orchestra. Ben: OK, you win. I can’t think of any more. Activity 6 2 When did Vivien Leigh die? In 1967. 3 Where did Alexander Bell make the first transcontinental phone call? In New York. 4 What did they do in 1919? They made the first non-stop transatlantic flight. 5 When did Ella Fitzgerald make her first recording? In 1935. 6 What did people buy in 1951? Colour TVs. Activity 7 1 First 2 Then 3 After 4 Finally Activity 8 Student’s own answers. Activity 9 Student’s own answers.
Who discovered penicillin? Activity 1 1 d 2 c 3 a 4 b
THAT’S ENGLISH!
Activity 2 1 b 2 a
3 b
4 a
5 a
6 b
7 a
116
Activity 3 1 c He was an inspiration / a true inspiration to people in South Africa. 2 d He was very intelligent. 3 a He was one of the great footballers. 4 f She is inspirational / and a model of courage and the human spirit. 5 b She is an inspiration. 6 e Activity 4 1 Oxford 2 First 3 novelist 4 27
Activity 3
2 I did some shopping in the afternoon. 3 I had dinner with a friend at 8:30 p.m. 4 I went to the mark et on Sunday. 5 I visited my parents on Sunday afternoon. 6 I called my friend in Australia in the evening. 7 I went to bed at midnight. Activity 4
Activity 5 1 The Wright brothers made the first flight. 2 Baird invented moving images. 3 Fleming discovered penicillin by accident. 4 On 6th Avenue, in New York. 5 The World Wide Web Activity 6 Student’s own answers.
Activity 1 1 d Emmeline Pankhurst 2 a Jonas Salk 3 b Amelia Earhart 4 c Albert Einstein
C 4
D 3
E 1
F 3
G 4
H 2
Activity 3 1 Because they wanted the rights to vote. 2 21 3 Yes, but only after 25 years: in 1928, the UK government passed a new law giving women equal voting rights. 4 No, his parents were poor, Jewish, Russian immigrants. 5 Thousands of children died e very year in the US from the polio virus. 6 She became the first woman to fly solo across the Atlantic. 7 Because Hitler came to power in Germany. 8 He didn’t wear socks or comb his hair and he loved smoking his pipe. Activity 4 1 right 2 disappeared, body 3 virus, vaccine 4 weapons
LANGUAGE STUDY Activity 1 115
big event end of the war summer of love moving images Activity 2 1 a good and happy time 2 the last event 3 a huge inspiration 4 all over the world 5 an intelligent man
2 Helen Clark became Prime Minister of New Zealand last month. 3 People in Europe and Asia saw a total eclipse of the sun on 11 August 1999. 4 Lance Armstrong won the Tour de France six months ago. 5 World banks started using the euro a year ago. 6 A new airport opened in Hong Kong last year. 7 France beat Brazil 3–0 in the World Cup Final 18 months ago. Activity 5 2 What did Student’s own answers. 3 Who did Student’s own answers. 4 Where did Student’s own answers. 5 What did Student’s own answers.
READING
Activity 2 A 2 B 1
1 a good and happy time 2 the last event 3 a huge inspiration 4 all over the world 5 an intelligent man
Activity 6
Meg went to a big party at Ella’s house and met someone really nice. Activity 7 Student’s own answers.
CONSOLIDATION Activity 1 1 the earth 2 space 3 orbit 4 astronaut 5 the surface of the moon Activity 2 a 3 b 5
c 1
d 4
e 2
f 6
Activity 3 1 7 The Americans wanted to be the first to put a man into space. 2 7 The Soviets were the first to put a man into space. 33 43 5 7 Armstrong and Aldrin spent two and a half hours on the moon. 63 Activity 4 a 3 b 5
c 1
d 4
e 6
f 2
117
a
It made cheap and clean energy, and it gave us lots of electricity. There were problems, like in Chernobyl and Fukushima. When Chernobyl exploded in 1986, 31 people died and radiation contaminated the land.
THAT’S ENGLISH!
147
Answer key b
Apple introduced the first one in 1976 for people to use at work. Only businesses or rich people bought it. But as prices fell, almost everyone bought one. Then, we started to keep our photos and music collections on it, and even played games on it.
c Before Alexander Fleming discovered this in 1928, many people died from small illnesses. His discovery saved millions of lives. We don’t have to worry these days. d
It changed everything. It became our babysitter and teacher, and gave us lots of drama and films. Years ago, there was one in each home, but now you can often find one in every room of the house. It’s impossible to imagine life without it.
e
In the twentieth century, a lot of people heard the news about the world with this. People started listening to their favourite shows.
f
It helped to make the world a very small place. An event in Australia travels around the world in seconds. We can get all the information we want – at the click of a mouse.
4 Who did Grace Kelly marry? She married Prince Rainier of Monaco. 5 When did Priscilla leave Elvis? In 1972. 6 Where did a nuclear power station explode in 1986? In Chernobyl. Activity 5 1 last 2 on 3 at 4 ago 5 at 6 last Activity 6 2 The first moon landing wasn´t in 1940. It was in 1969. 3 Charles Rolls didn´t meet Louis Braille in 1904. He met Frederick Royce in 1904. 4 Russia didn´t win the first world cup in 1940. It sold Alaska in 1867. 5 Frederick Royce didn´t send t he first email in 1971. Ray Tomlinson sent the first email in 1971. 6 Uruguay didn´t sell Alaska to the US in 1967. Uruguay won the first world cup in 1940.
Unit 11. REVISION Activity 5 1 clean 2 rich 3 millions 4 drama 5 news 6 seconds
GRAMMAR Activity 1 1 c 2 b
Activity 7 Student’s own answers.
SELF TEST 3 b
4 e
5 f
6 a
Activity 2 1 discovered 2 economic crisis 3 tragedy 4 make friends 5 Revolution 6 went to war Activity 3 2 Where did your family live in the 1990s? 3 What were your favourite subjects at school? 4 Were you a good student? 5 Did you go on a school trip? 6 Who was your favourite teacher at primary school? 7 When did you go on your first date?
Suggested answers: 2 We lived in Oxford. 3 Drama and English. 4 Yes, I was a very good student. 5 Yes, we went to France. 6 Mr Cross. He taught English. 7 In 1997. Activity 4 2 What did Henry Ford invent? He invented the mass-produced car. 3 When did they make the first transatlantic flight? In 1919.
148
4 b
5 b
6 c
7 c
8 b
9 b
Activity 2 1 Would you like 2 I’d love to 3 How about 4 Sorry 5 Why don’t we 6 opened 7 ate 8 right 9 im 10 of November 11 the fifth 12 on 13 First 14 then 15 didn’t talk 16 Whose 17 his 18 is John doing 19 didn’t say 20 ‘s looking
Activity 6 Student’s own answers.
Activity 1 1 c 2 d
3 a
first
Activity 3 1 are 2 started 3 are enjoying 4 walks 5 didn’t see 6 found 7 go 8 don’t have 9 had 10 live 11 has 12 do you think 13 photo / one 14 Whose 15 these / them 16 in 17 to 18 Did
THAT’S ENGLISH!
19 it 20 on 21 ago 22 like
Activity 2 1 7 Fenella lives in a traditional house with six bedrooms. 23 3 7 Fenella´s daughter is called Olive. 43 5 7 Fenella works at home and she´s sometimes rather lazy. 6 7 Fenella does sort of the housework.
VOCABULARY Activity 4 1 modern / contemporary 2 clean 3 kind 4 hardworking 5 hot / warm 6 dry 7 busy 8 safe 9 impatient 10 unsociable / shy 11 dishonest 12 friendly
Activity 3 1c 2a
3 a
4 b
5 c
6 c
7 b
8 a
9 c
10 c
PRONUNCIATION Activity 1
give
pen
good
not
one
eat
/ /
/e /
//
//
/ /
/i:/
bill pig
bed left
book put
clock sock
cup love
key these
118
give cup
4b
Activity 4 a I left home when I was fifteen years old. That’s seventy years ago. I worked in a hotel kitchen. (2) I prepared food and I did the washing up. I watched and I learned. On Saturday and Sunday mornings I went to work at five o’clock. It was hard work and I worked long hours. (7) I worked fourteen hours every day. When I left the hotel, I was the Head Chef. b I went to school in 1962, when I was four years old and I didn’t leave until I was eighteen. Then I became a student at university. (1) I studied to be an accountant. But I wasn’t happy. I returned to my old school. However, I wasn’t a student, I was a teacher. Teaching’s a great job! (4) You have to be patient, tolerant, kind and humorous. I taught there for ten years and then I got the job of school headmistress. c I met my husband, Luis, in Mexico City. I left school in England five years ago and I travelled around the world for two years. (5) One day I saw a rather handsome man in a bookshop. I saw that he had an English book in his hand. I started talking to him and I fell in love with him, just like t hat! It was Friday afternoon. (8) We talked all weekend and we got married on Monday. d My wife Beverley had her baby in hospital. We arrived at the hospital at 10 p.m. on April 22nd and my daughter, Anna, arrived at 2am the next day. I remember that I drove my car home and it was a beautiful morning. (3) My wife was tired and stayed at the hospital. It’s only half an hour by car from the hospital and I got home at 6.30 a.m., then slept until 2 p.m. I woke up and collected my new family from the hospital and brought them back to our house at 4 p.m. (6) That day changed my life but I didn’t understand that at the time. Everything was different.
Activity 5 1 meet 2 have 3 like 4 come 5 turn 6 book 7 be 8 walk 9 forget 10 clean 11 win 12 spend Activity 6 1 a 2 a
3d
Activity 5 1 c 2 b
3 b
4 a
5 c
6 b
LISTENING COMPREHENSION Activity 1 a Sidney b Mark c Claire d Imogen
pen good not one eat bed bill book key left put clock pig these love sock 120
Activity 2 1 Is the hotel in the west of London? 2 Can you ride a bike? 3 That’s an excellent idea! 4 He’s rather unfriendly. 5 I got a DVD and a camera for my birthday.
119
1 Is the hotel in the west of London? 2 Can you ride a bike? 3 That’s an excellent idea! 4 He’s rather unfriendly. 5 I got a DVD and a camera for my birthday.
READING COMPREHENSION Activity 1 a 5 b 2
c 6
d 1
THAT’S ENGLISH!
e 4
Hi, I’m Mark. You want the cinema? OK. Walk along the river and then cross over the bridge. Go through the park and then the cinema is next to the theatre. I’m Sidney. You’re looking for the museum? Take the bus and go across the bridge into town. Get off at the statue. Take the third left at the café. The museum is behind the church. I’m Imogen. To get to the bank, go past that statue and walk for about two hundred metres, then turn right at the church. Go over the road towards the post office. Walk another fifty metres and the bank is on the right, near the museum. I’m Claire. You want the ri ver? No problem. Can you see that statue? Good. Walk through the park to the statue and keep going. Go across the main road but watch out for cyclists! Turn right at the bank. The post office is on your left hand side. Go past there. The river‘s opposite the post office.
f 3
149
Answer key Activity 2 1 c 2 b
3 a
4 c
Activity 3 weather, work, clothes
121
Male interviewer: Hello, how are you? Pam: I’m fine, thank you. The sun’s shining and I’m happy. Male interviewer: Do you like sunny weather? Pam: I love it. I’m always outside and I walk a lot in my job. Being outside in cold weather isn’t very nice. Male interviewer: Do you ever work inside? Pam: Sometimes, but I prefer being outside. I work mainly in the north of the city, by the river. It’s very interesting, but it’s very cold in the winter. Male interviewer: Was it cold last winter? Pam: Oh yes! It snowed and it was very cold. I wore gloves, a hat and a coat from October to March. Male interviewer: Was spring OK? Pam: Well, April was warm but it was wet. Male interviewer: Was the weather good in May? Pam: May was cloudy and it rained a lot. Activity 4 1 sunny 2 cold, outside 3 snowed, very cold 4 warm, wet 5 cloudy, rained
WRITING Activity 1 Example answer: There are lots of local shops. There’s a baker’s near the church and they sell delicious sandwiches and cakes. There are two supermarkets. I prefer Natureland which sells lots of fruit and vegetables. Next to Natureland is a department store. Maybe you can buy a present for your sister’s birthday. I like a restaurant called Carlo’s . The waiters are very friendly and you can eat Italian food. I like going to Awesome-Asia where you can eat sushi and noodles. Activity 2 Example answer: I stayed at Nero in London last week. The hotel was modern and clean. It was very busy. There was a gym and swimming pool on the top floor. There were three restaurants and a large garden. The room was comfortable and large. But the hotel staff were unfriendly and rude. I travelled around the city on the underground and by taxi. The weather was good. It was dry and sunny.
ORAL EXPRESSION AND ORAL INTERACTION Activity 1 Student’s own answers. Activity 2 Student’s own answers.
150
THAT’S ENGLISH!
PHONETIC SYMBOLS Vowels
Consonants
THAT’S ENGLISH!
151
